owners manual - my.chevrolet.com · chevrolet bolt ev owner manual...

84486646 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_CHEV_BOLT_EV_COV_en_US_U_84486646B_2018FEB19.ai 1 2/7/2018 3:13:49 PM18_CHEV_BOLT_EV_COV_en_US_U_84486646B_2018FEB19.ai 1 2/7/2018 3:13:49 PM

Chevrolet BOLT EV Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-11434431) - 2018 - crc - 2/14/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 32

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 108

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 157

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 193

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 321

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 332

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 342

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, andBOLT are trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84486646 B Second Printing ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System (12-VoltBattery)

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

[ : Energy Usage and ChargeMode Selection

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

g : First Responder

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger


4 Introduction

_ : High Voltage

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

Z : Service Vehicle Soon

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak

a : Under Pressure

] : Vehicle Ready

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Vehicle FeaturesRadio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 18

Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 18Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 21Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 21Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Battery and EfficiencyHigh Voltage SafetyInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . 28Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 29

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 190.

2. Turn and Lane-Change Signals0 154.

IntelliBeam System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 150.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 118.

Driver Information Center (DIC)0 141.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 111.

5. Charging Status Feedback0 240.

Automatic Headlamp System0 153.

Indicator Light and SolarSensor (ILSS). See “Sensors”under Automatic ClimateControl System 0 186.

6. Infotainment System. SeeAM-FM Radio 0 162.

Heated Front Seats 0 60 (IfEquipped).

7. Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 186.

8. Storage Compartments 0 105.

9. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit 0 208.

10. Electric Parking Brake 0 213.

11. Power Outlets 0 114.

12. Hazard Warning Flashers0 153.

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 217.

Driver Selected OperatingModes 0 208.

13. Power Button 0 204.

14. Steering Wheel Controls 0 109(If Equipped).

15. Horn 0 110.

16. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 109 (Out of View).

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 109(If Equipped).

18. Regen on Demand (Out ofView). See RegenerativeBraking 0 215.

19. Cruise Control 0 219.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 110(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 225 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 233(If Equipped).

20. Instrument Panel Fuse Block0 276.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See ServiceVehicle Soon Light 0 126.

22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 150.

23. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 154.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the key release button toextend the key. The key can beused for all locks.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors, depending on thevehicle personalization setting.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. Press andhold for at least three seconds tosound the panic alarm. Press againto cancel the panic alarm.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start the

vehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 33.

Remote Start

Remote Starting the Vehicle

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on.

To remote start the vehicle:

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.


In Brief 9

3. After entering the vehicleduring a remote start, pressPOWER O with the brakepedal applied to operate asnormal.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on. Remote start runtime can be extended.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press POWER O with the brakepedal applied, then pressPOWER O again to turn thevehicle off.

See Remote Start 0 39.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key in the driver door tolock and unlock the door.

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitterto lock and unlock the doors.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Use the lock knob on the top ofthe door panel to lock the dooronly. Press K to unlock the door.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.


10 In Brief

Keyless Access

The Keyless Access system allowsthe doors and liftgate to be lockedand unlocked without pressing theRKE transmitter button. The RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the door being opened. If thevehicle has this feature, there will bea button on both outside front andrear door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first unlock/lock button pressfrom the driver door.

See “Keyless Access Operation” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 33.

LiftgateTo lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe inside, press Q or K.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad on the underside of the liftgateand lift up.

When closing the liftgate, use thepull cup.

See Liftgate 0 47.


In Brief 11

Windows

The window switches on the driverdoor control all windows. Eachpassenger door has a switch thatcontrols only that window.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull the front of the switchto raise it.

The driver window has an expressfeature which allows the window tobe lowered or raised without holdingthe switch.

The front and rear passengerwindows have express open only.

See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 206 and Power Windows0 53.

Seat Adjustment

Seat Position

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment 0 59.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever on the outboard sideof the seat up or down to manuallyadjust the seat height.

See “Seat Height Adjuster” underSeat Adjustment 0 59.


12 In Brief

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.

Heated Seats

Front Heated Seats

If equipped, the heated seatcontrols are on the infotainmentdisplay. To operate, the vehicle mustbe on.

Touch M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion. Indicatorlights on the infotainment displayshow the current setting.

Touch the screen once for thehighest setting. With each touch ofthe screen, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then off. The lights indicatethree for the highest setting and onefor the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

See Heated Front Seats 0 60.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 143.


In Brief 13

Rear Heated Seats

If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear doors.

Press L or M to heat the leftoutboard or right outboard seatcushion.

See Heated Rear Seats 0 64.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 57 and SeatAdjustment 0 59.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 65.

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 66.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 90.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by the


14 In Brief

passenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 77 forimportant information.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theoverhead console when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 125.

Mirror Adjustment

Power Mirrors

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired position.

3. Press} or| again todeselect the mirror.

See Power Mirrors 0 50.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior Lighting

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console above the frontseats.

* OFF : Press to turn the lampsoff, even when a door is open.


In Brief 15

1 : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

+ ON : Press to turn on the domelamps.

Front and Rear ReadingLamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thereading lamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

* OFF : Press to turn the lamp off.

+ ON : Press to turn the lamp on.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 154.

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

O : Turns the exterior lamps onand off.

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically, depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps. The instrument panellights also turn on.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.


16 In Brief

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 150.

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 152.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the vehicle on or inService Mode, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : If equipped with intermittentwipes, move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn the band up formore frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For multiple wipes,hold the lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The controls are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever. Move thecontrol to:

ON : To turn on.

OFF : To turn off.

INT : To turn on intermittent rearwipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever to spray washer fluid on therear window.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 111.


In Brief 17

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons on thecenter stack and on the climatecontrol display are used to adjustthe heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Center Stack Climate Controls

1. Defrost/Defog

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls

3. Max Defrost

4. Manual Fan Control Buttons

5. Temperature Control Knob

6. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

7. Rear Window Defogger

Climate Control Display

1. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

2. Climate On-Off

3. Recirculation

4. Heat & A/C (Air Conditioning)Power

5. Fan Speed and TemperatureStatus

See Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 186.

Vehicle Features

Radio(s)Volume Knob : Turn to increase ordecrease the volume.

O : Press and hold to enter theClean Screen Mode. The radio willbe in a low power mode with theinfotainment display turned off.

Press to cancel the Clean ScreenMode or to mute/unmute the audiowhen the system is on.

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.Press and hold to launch AppleCarPlay or Android Auto,if equipped.

g ord : For radio and SirusXM,press to seek the previous or nextstrongest station or channel. ForUSB content, press to go to theprevious or next content or pressand hold to fast rewind or fastforward music.

See Overview 0 158.


18 In Brief

Satellite RadioIf equipped, a SiriusXM satelliteradio tuner and a valid SiriusXMsatellite radio subscription canreceive SiriusXM programming.

SiriusXM Satellite RadioService

SiriusXM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates and 10 Canadian provinces.SiriusXM satellite radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.A fee is required to receive theSiriusXM service.

Refer to:

. www.siriusxm.com or call1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).

. www.siriusxm.ca or call1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

See Satellite Radio 0 164.

Portable Audio DevicesThis vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)auxiliary input and two USB ports inthe center console for data andcharging. If equipped, there are twoUSB charge ports in the rear of thecenter console. External devicessuch as iPods, MP3 players, andUSB storage devices may beconnected.

See Auxiliary Devices 0 172 andUSB Port 0 166.

BluetoothThe Bluetooth system allows userswith a Bluetooth-enabled mobilephone to make and receivehands-free calls using the vehicleaudio system and controls.

The Bluetooth-enabled mobilephone must be paired with thein-vehicle Bluetooth system before itcan be used in the vehicle. Not allphones will support all functions.

See Bluetooth 0 175.

Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

g : If equipped with OnStar or aBluetooth system, press to interactwith those systems.See OnStar Overview 0 346 orBluetooth 0 175.

c : Press to decline an incomingcall or end a current call. Press tomute or unmute the infotainmentsystem when not on a call.

w orx : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.


In Brief 19

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

@ : Press to select a highlightedmenu option.

yFAV or FAVz : Press to displaya list of favorites and select the nextor previous favorite when listeningto the radio.

The volume switches are on theright rear side of the steering wheel.Press to increase or decrease thevolume.

There is a paddle on the left rearside of the steering wheel forregenerative braking. SeeRegenerative Braking 0 215.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.


20 In Brief

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

See Cruise Control 0 219.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.


V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Instrument Cluster 0 118 andDriver Information Center (DIC)0 141.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 225.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 227.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching a


In Brief 21

detected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps.FPB can provide a boost to brakingor automatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 229.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and150 km/h (93 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 233 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 233.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 231 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 231.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC shows a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 222.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist(RPA) uses sensors on the rearbumper to assist with parking andavoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA mayshow a warning triangle on theinfotainment display and/or agraphic on the instrument cluster toprovide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps may occurif very close to an object.


22 In Brief


Power OutletsThe accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a mobile phone or MP3player. The accessory power outletonly works with the vehicleturned on.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet on the lower centerstack below the climate control.

Open the cover to access andreplace when not in use.

See Power Outlets 0 114.

Battery and Efficiency

High Voltage SafetyInformation

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicleshould be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle hasbeen inspected, store it outside atleast 15 m (50 ft) from any

(Continued)


In Brief 23

Warning (Continued)

structure or anything that canburn. Ventilate the vehicle byopening a window or a door.

Contact Customer Assistance assoon as possible to determinewhether an inspection is needed.See Customer Assistance Offices0 334.

See Battery - North America 0 264for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 75.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service.

See Battery - North America 0 264.

ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. It is recommended thatthe vehicle be plugged in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize high voltage battery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately50 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 12 amp AC current setting,allowing approximately 6 km (4 mi)for every hour of charging.

When using a 240-volt chargingstation, it will take approximately9.5 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 32 amp setting, allowingapproximately 40 km (25 mi) forevery hour of charging.

Charge times will vary based onbattery condition, charge level, andoutside temperature. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 131 forcharge mode selection.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

The vehicle does not require indoorcharging area ventilation before,during, or after charging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging Override

A CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURREDmessage may display to indicatethat a charging override orinterruption has occurred.See Plug-In Charging 0 235 andProgrammable Charging 0 131.


24 In Brief

AC Charging

AC Charge Cord Vehicle Plug

Start Charge

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored in the rearcargo area.

1. Make sure the vehicle isparked.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door and release toopen the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.

3. Open the liftgate, lift the loadfloor cover, and remove thecharge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging 0 251. Verify thecharge cord status. SeeCharge Cord 0 243. Select theappropriate charge level. See“Charge Current LimitSelection” underProgrammable Charging 0 131.


In Brief 25

5. Plug in the AC vehicle plug ofthe charge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Make surethe AC vehicle plug is fullyconnected to the AC chargeport. If it is not properly seated,the charge may not occur.

6. Verify that the Charging StatusIndicator illuminates on top ofthe instrument panel and anaudible chirp occurs. SeeCharging Status Feedback0 240.

7. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle twice withthe RKE transmitter. To disarm

this feature, see “EnergySettings” under EnergyInformation 0 138.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter to disarm thecharge cord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.Unlock the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle bypressing the button on the topof the charge cord plug.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly in the centeruntil it latches.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

DC Charging (If Equipped)

DC Charging Station Hardware

Check the charge station DCvehicle plug for compatibility withthe DC charge port on this vehicle.When recharging at a DC fast

charge station, the power cableconnected to the vehicle must beless than 10 m (33 ft) in length.

Follow the steps listed on thecharging station to perform a DCvehicle charge.

If for any reason DC charging doesnot begin or is interrupted, checkthe DC charge station display formessages. Unplug to restart the DCcharge process.

Start Charge



In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. The charge port doormay not open on the firstattempt. Remove ice from thearea and repeat attempting toopen the charge port door.


26 In Brief

3. Unlatch the DC charging dustcover and lower it fully.

4. Plug in the DC vehicle plug intothe DC charge port on thevehicle. Make sure that the DCvehicle plug is fully connectedto the DC charge port. If it isnot properly seated then thecharge may not occur. Properplug connection can bechecked by information onthe DIC.

5. Follow the steps listed on thecharging station to startcharging. The Electric Parking

Brake will automatically applyonce the charge process hasbeen started.

6. Once charging, the DC vehicleplug will be locked to the DCcharge port and cannot bedisconnected while charging isactive.


Caution

Do not attempt to disconnect theDC vehicle plug while charging isactive. This action may damagevehicle or charging stationhardware.

Stop Charge

Controls on the charging station canbe used to stop the charge processat any time.

To stop the charge when inside thevehicle, you may use the stopcharging button on the Chargingscreen. See ProgrammableCharging 0 131.

There is also an available mobileapp with several charging functions.See KeyPass 0 45.

Stop Charge — Automatic

When the vehicle no longer needsto use power from the chargingstation, it will stop charging and theDC vehicle plug will be unlockedfrom the DC charge port.

Energy can still be consumed fromthe charging station when thevehicle’s displays and indicatorsshow that the battery is fullycharged. This is to ensure thebattery is in optimal temperatureoperating range to maximize vehiclerange. See Programmable Charging0 131.


In Brief 27

End Charge

1. Wait until the charging processhas been fully stopped, thevehicle plug is unlocked, andthe Charging Status Indicator issolid green or off.

If the vehicle plug does notunlock from the vehicle chargeport after a charge, contactRoadside Assistance forassistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 336.

2. Unplug the DC vehicle plugfrom the DC charge port on thevehicle and close the dustcover.


4. The Electric Parking Brakeshould be manuallydisengaged before driving thevehicle.

5. To start another DC charge,remove the DC vehicle plugand reconnect.

Charge Cord

See Radio Frequency Statement0 342.

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging

. Charging an electric vehicle canstress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before plugging into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or may bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug is

hot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.

. Mount the charge cord to reducestrain on the electricaloutlet/plug.

. Do not place the charge cord ina position where it is expected tobe submerged in water.

{ Danger

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, groundingadaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

(Continued)


28 In Brief

Danger (Continued)

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is worn ordamaged, or will not holdthe plug firmly in place.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is not properlygrounded.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is on a circuit withother electrical loads.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

See Charge Cord 0 243.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen on the infotainmentdisplay. See “Charge Current LimitSelection” under ProgrammableCharging 0 131.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then stored inthe high voltage battery system,contributing to increased energyefficiency.

Regen on Demand

This feature is activated using thesteering wheel paddle. Regen onDemand slows the vehicle byrecapturing energy.

See Regenerative Braking 0 215.

Service

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage components. Youcan be injured and the vehicle

(Continued)


In Brief 29

Warning (Continued)

can be damaged if you try to doyour own service work. Serviceand repair of these high voltagecomponents should only beperformed by a trained servicetechnician with the properknowledge and tools. See DoingYour Own Service Work 0 256.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is powered up.

The Electronic Stability Controlsystem called StabiliTrak assistswith directional control of the vehiclein difficult driving conditions. Thesystem turns on automatically everytime the vehicle is on.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease g, on the center stack.i illuminates and theappropriate Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message isdisplayed.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and hold g,until i and g come on and stay

on in the instrument cluster andthe appropriate DIC message isdisplayed.

. Press and release g to turn onboth systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 217.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See


30 In Brief

Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 285.

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range may be lowerdue to higher energy usage.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at89 km/h (55 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.

Operating with the climate controlsystem off is the most energyefficient climate setting.

Use the heated seat feature insteadof climate settings. Heating the seatuses less energy than heating thevehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for the


In Brief 31

next drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce EV range.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-888-811-1926

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

As the owner of a new Chevrolet,you are automatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance program. Thisprogram provides security andconvenience in the event of anon-road failure or emergencysituation. Service is provided24 hours a day, 365 days a year forthe duration of the vehicle’spowertrain warranty.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 336.


32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 43Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44KeyPass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 48Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 49

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 51Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 51Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 336.

With an active OnStar service plan,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 346.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 342.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

The transmitter functions may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

Other conditions, such as thosepreviously stated, can impact theperformance of the transmitter.



Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock except thedriver door, if enabled throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

If the passenger door is open whenQ is pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 48.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again within 5 secondsto unlock all doors. The RKEtransmitter can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first buttonpress. See Vehicle Personalization0 143.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 48.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for about30 seconds until 7 is pressed againor the vehicle is started.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Start0 39.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system allowsthe doors and liftgate to be lockedand unlocked without pressing theRKE transmitter button. The RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the door or trunk being opened.If the vehicle has this feature, therewill be a button on both outside frontand rear door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first unlock/lock button pressfrom the driver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.



Keyless Unlocking/Lockingfrom the Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

Keyless Unlocking/Lockingfrom Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on that doorhandle will unlock all doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system willlock the vehicle several secondsafter all doors are closed, if thevehicle is off and at least one RKEtransmitter has been removed fromthe interior or none remain in theinterior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.

If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize doors to automaticallylock when exiting the vehicle, seeVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Temporary Disable of thePassive Locking Feature

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passive



locking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isstarted.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed.

To turn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on, with a dooropen, and then all doors are closed,the vehicle will check for RKEtransmitter(s) inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, the DICwill display NO REMOTEDETECTED and the horn will chirpthree times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate glass andlift up to open if the RKE transmitteris within 1 m (3 ft) and the doors arelocked. If the doors are unlocked,the transmitter is not required toopen the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 47.

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 41.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with TwoRecognized Transmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercover on the driver doorhandle. See Door Locks 0 41.Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keylock cylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key to theunlock position five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE # 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.



3. Open the center console andtake the small tray out of thecenter console. Place thetransmitter in the transmitterpocket with the buttonsfacing down.

4. Press POWER O to start thevehicle. When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q.To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

6. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

Programming without TwoRecognized Transmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters to be programmed mustbe with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercover on the driver doorhandle. See Door Locks 0 41.Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key to theunlock position five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press POWER O.The DIC will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC should now showREADY FOR REMOTE # 1.



4. Open the center console andtake the small tray out of thecenter console. Place thetransmitter in the transmitterpocket with the buttonsfacing down.

5. Press POWER O to start thevehicle. When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q.To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

7. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

While trying to start the vehicle,if the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or USETRANSMITTER POCKET TOSTART. The REPLACE BATTERYIN REMOTE KEY message mayalso be displayed at this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console andtake the small tray out of thecenter console. Place thetransmitter in the pocket withthe buttons facing down.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and press POWER O.Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.



Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and the rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on.

/ : This button is on the RKEtransmitter.



The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

If the vehicle is low on energy, donot use the remote start feature.The vehicle may run out of energy.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 33.

Remote Starting the Vehicle

To remote start the vehicle:

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. After entering the vehicleduring a remote start, pressPOWER O with the brakepedal applied to start thevehicle and operate as normal.

Remote start will automatically shutoff after 20 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on. Remote start runtime can be extended.

Extending Vehicle Run Time

The vehicle run time can also beextended by another 20 minutes,if after 30 seconds and during thefirst 20 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are

repeated while the vehicle isrunning. This provides a total of40 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a single start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cyclesusing POWER O.For additional remote starts, turn thevehicle on with the transmitter in thevehicle.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Press POWER O with the brakepedal applied, then pressPOWER O again to turn thevehicle off.



Conditions in Which RemoteStart Will Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The service vehicle soon lightis on.

. The electric drive unit coolanttemperature is too high.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can suffer

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

permanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key in the driver door tolock and unlock the door withoutthe RKE (Remote Keyless Entry)transmitter. The key cylinder iscovered with a cap. See “DriverDoor Key Lock Cylinder Access(In Case of Dead Battery)” laterin this section.

. Press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter to lock and unlockthe doors.



To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Pull the door handle. Pulling aninterior door handle will unlockthe door. Pulling the door handleagain unlatches it.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door beingopened. Press the button on thedoor handle to open. See “Keyless

Access Operation” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 33.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Insert the key into the slot onthe bottom of the cap.

2. Lift the key upward to removethe cap.

3. Insert the key into the cylinderand turn to unlock.

To replace the cap:

1. Position the bottom edge of thecap under the lower edge ofthe metal piece (2). Thetabs (3) attach to the metalpiece (2) at the positions (1).



2. Rotate the cap upward andinstall into place.

3. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Locking and unlocking the doors willalso unlock the liftgate. See Liftgate0 47.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked Door AntiLockout feature has been turned off.

Press Q on the power door lockswitch with the door open.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, thevehicle is on, and the shift lever isout of P (Park).



If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the vehicle into P (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is on or in ServiceMode and the power door lockswitch is pressed with the driverdoor open, all the doors will lockand only the driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters inside

has not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

If Unlocked Door Anti Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti Lockout featurecan be turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:

1. Move the lever forward to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.



To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by using theinside handle, the power doorlock switch, or the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever rearward tounlock. Do the same for theother door.

KeyPassIf equipped, this feature allows asmartphone to be connected to thevehicle and remote vehicle functionsto be requested. Features varydepending on availability.

Features include:

. Remote commands – Use tolock/unlock the vehicle, remotestart for the cabin climate,or sound or cancel the horn andflash the lights.

. Vehicle status – View thevehicle’s range and battery level,charging status, and tirepressure.

. Welcome lighting – Request lightwhen approaching the vehicle.

. Location services – Save theparked location or startnavigation at the vehicle’s GPScoordinates.

Setup Function

. KeyPass Setup

‐ Managing Priority Setting

‐ Modifying Priority Setting

. Revocation

Active Remote Function

. Door Lock/Unlock

. Remote Start/Stop

. Panic Alarm Activation/Termination

. Remote Charge Termination

. High Voltage Charge Functions

‐ Temporary Charging OverrideUpdate

‐ Change the Charging ModePermanently

‐ Update Departure TimeSchedule

‐ High Voltage Priority ChargingActivate and De-activate

‐ Select Charge Level/LimitPreference Screen

. Vehicle Locator

. Routing w/Available Mileage



Passive Function

Approach Detection/WelcomeLighting

Visual Display for VehicleInformation

. Low Battery Indication

. Tire Pressure

. Remote Start Status

. Odometer Reading

. Rear Closure Ajar Switch Status

. Electric Parking Brake Status

. Hood Status

. High Voltage Battery State ofCharge Status

. GPS Signal for End of Trip

. Charge Mode Status

‐ Available Mileage

‐ Charge Start and End TimesStatus

‐ Full Week of Time BasedDelayed Charging Status

‐ Disable Rate Based andDelayed Charging Status

‐ High Voltage Charging SystemFault (Unable to Charge)

‐ High Voltage Charger PowerLevel

‐ High Voltage Battery ChargeCord Connected Indication

‐ Charge Complete

‐ Usable State of Charge

‐ High Voltage Depletion ModeRange

‐ High Voltage Battery State ofCharge Status

Pairing

A smartphone must be paired to theKeyPass Module and then it mustbe connected to the vehicle before itcan be used.

Setup Information

. Up to three smartphones can beset up and connected to thevehicle.

. Setup is disabled when thevehicle is moving.

. Pairing only needs to becompleted once per smartphone,unless the pairing information onthe smartphone changes or thesmartphone is deleted.

Setup Process

1. Enable the KeyPass functionthrough vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

2. Download the myChevrolet appto the smartphone from theappropriate app store.

3. The vehicle must be on and inP (Park).

4. Open the app and touchSearch for New Vehicles.

5. Choose your vehicle andtouch Done.

6. Aim the smartphone camera atthe QR code on theinfotainment display to scanthe security key. If the camerais not working, the QR codecan be entered manually.



7. The infotainment displayprovides confirmation that thepairing process was completedsuccessfully.

Deleting a Paired Smartphone

1. Select Settings from the HomePage on the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Select KeyPass.

3. Select Manage KeyPassDevices.

4. Touch Delete next to thesmartphone to be deleted, andfollow the prompts.

Doors

Liftgate

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe inside, press Q or K.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad and lift up.

When closing the liftgate, use thepull cup.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate glass andlift up to open if the RKE transmitteris within 1 m (3 ft) and the doors arelocked. If the doors are unlocked,the transmitter is not required toopen the liftgate.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the liftgate, then turn offthe vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm. Pressing Q onthe RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door or the liftgate is openedwithout first disarming the system,the turn signals will flash and thehorn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the System

Do one of the following to disarmthe alarm system or turn off thealarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicle.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, an alarmoccurred previously while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 342.



Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when POWERO ispressed and a valid transmitter isfound in the vehicle.

The security light on the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matched

transmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is damaged, youmay not be able to start the vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe vehicle is turned on.

If the vehicle does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter,or place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 33.

If the vehicle does not start with theother transmitter or with thetransmitter placed in the transmitterpocket, the vehicle needs service.

See your dealer who can servicethe theft-deterrent system and havea new transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror. Anindicator will show the selectedmirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired position.

3. Press} or| again todeselect the mirror.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The vehicle has manual foldingmirrors. These mirrors can be foldedinward to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. To fold, pull the mirror towardthe vehicle. Push the mirror outwardto return it to the original position.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorPush the tab forward for daytimeuse and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab to turn on the display.Push the tab to turn it off. When off,the mirror is automatic dimming.Adjust the mirror for a clear view ofthe area behind the vehicle whilethe display is off.

To adjust the brightness, press thebutton (1) on the back of therearview mirror without covering thelight sensor (2).

Each button press cycles thebrightness between five settings.



{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)has a limited view. Portions of theroad, vehicles, and other objectsmay not be seen. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thiscamera. Objects may appearcloser than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance overyour shoulder when making lanechanges or merging. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

The camera that provides the RearCamera Mirror (RCM) image isabove the license plate, next to theRear Vision Camera (RVC).

To clean the rear camera, seeWindshield Wiper/Washer 0 111.

Troubleshooting

If the tab is in the rearward positionand a blue screen and d aredisplayed in the mirror and thedisplay shuts off, see your dealer forservice.

The RCM may not work properly ordisplay a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The back of the vehicle hasbeen damaged and the positionand mounting angle of thecamera has changed.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.

They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve electric rangeperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open a front window.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe RKE transmitter is dangerousfor many reasons; children orothers could be badly injured oreven killed. They could operatethe power windows or othercontrols or even make the vehiclemove. The windows will functionwith the RKE transmitter in thevehicle and they could beseriously injured or killed if caughtin the path of a closing window.Do not leave the RKE transmitterin a vehicle with children.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

When there are children in therear seat, use the window lockoutswitch to prevent unintentionaloperation of the windows.

Press the switch to open thewindow. Pull the front of the switchup to close it.

The window switches on the driverdoor control all windows.



The power windows only operatewith the vehicle on or in ServiceMode, or when Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active.

Express Window Operation

The driver window has an expressfeature which allows the window tobe lowered or raised without holdingthe switch. To automatically raise orlower the window, pull the driverwindow switch up or press it downall the way and release. Stop thewindow by pressing or pulling theswitch in the same direction asecond time, or by briefly operatingthe switch to the first position ineither direction. The front and rearpassenger windows have expressopen only.

Safety Function

This is for vehicles with theexpress-up feature. If any object isin the path of the window when theexpress-up feature is active, thewindow will stop and auto-reverse toa preset position. Weatherconditions may cause the window toauto-reverse. The window switch

may be held up to the secondposition to close the window. Thewindow will return to normaloperation once the obstruction orcondition is removed.

Safety Function Override

This is for vehicles with theexpress-up feature. If the battery onthe vehicle has been recharged ordisconnected, or is not working, thewindows will need to bereprogrammed for the express-upfeature to work. Beforereprogramming, replace or rechargethe vehicle's battery.

To program the driver window:

1. Close all doors with the vehicleon or in Service Mode.

2. Press and hold the powerwindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull the power window switchup until the window is fullyclosed.

4. Continue holding the switch upfor approximately two secondsafter the window is completelyclosed.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearpassenger windows from operating,except from the driver position.

Press2 on the driver door toactivate the window lockout. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

Press2 again to deactivate thewindow lockout.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Visor Vanity Mirror

The vehicle may have vanity mirrorsand card holders on the back of thesun visors. Swing down the sunvisor to expose the vanity mirror.


56 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 59Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 69Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 72When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Passenger Sensing System . . . 77Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 81

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 82Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Infants and Young Children . . . . 85Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 87Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 89Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 90

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101


Seats and Restraints 57

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front and rear seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. To raise or lower thehead restraint, press the buttonlocated on the side of the headrestraint, and pull up or push thehead restraint down, and releasethe button. Pull and push on thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The vehicle’s rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

Pull the head restraint up to raise it.Try to move the head restraint tomake sure it is locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button on the top of theseatback and push the headrestraint down. Try to move the

head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure it is locked inplace.

If installing a child restraint in therear seat, see “Securing a ChildRestraint Designed for the LATCHSystem” under Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 90.

Folding the Rear Head Restraint

The head restraint can be foldedrearward to allow for better visibilitywhen the rear seat is unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press thebutton on the side of the headrestraint.

The head restraint will fold rearwardautomatically.

When an occupant or child restraintis in the seat, always return thehead restraint to the full uprightposition. Pull the head restraint upand forward until it locks into place.Push and pull on the head restraintto make sure that it is locked.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.



Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

Seat Position

To adjust the seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever on the outboard sideof the seat up or down to manuallyadjust the seat height.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.



2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates against

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

heat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

Heated Seat Buttons

If equipped, the heated seatcontrols are on the infotainmentdisplay. To operate, the vehicle mustbe on.

Touch M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion. Indicatorlights on the infotainment displayshow the current setting with threelevel indicators for high, medium,or low.

Touch the screen once for thehighest setting. With each touch ofthe screen, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature. Inauto mode, the indicatorsautomatically show the level settingrequired.

Use the manual heated seat buttonsto turn auto heated seats off. Oncethis feature is turned off, the autoheated seats will be activated the

next time the vehicle is started. Inmanual mode, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bytouching M or L.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Remote Start Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats can be turned onautomatically during a remotevehicle start.

The heated seats will be canceledwhen the vehicle is started. If theauto heated seats are enabled invehicle personalization, the seatheating level will automaticallychange to the level required by thevehicle's interior temperature whenthe vehicle is on.



The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seat feature is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered

the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.



To fold the seatback down:

1. Make sure the seat belt is inthe retainer hook.

2. Pull the lever on top of theseatback to unlock theseatback.

A red indicator near theseatback lever is exposedwhen the seatback is unlocked.

3. Fold the seatback down.

Repeat Steps 1–3 for the otherseatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.Make sure the seat belt is inthe retainer hook and is nottwisted or caught in theseatback.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.



The center rear seat belt maylock when you raise theseatback. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Rear Seat Armrest

The rear seat has an armrest in thecenter of the seatback. Lower thearmrest to access the twocupholders.

To fold, lift the armrest up and pushit rearward until it is flush with theseatback.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear doors.

Press L or M to heat the leftoutboard or right outboard seatcushion.



Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 123.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout seat belts and children, andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 83 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 85. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,

this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 77.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 69.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thebelt is out of the way. If a door isslammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioner

activation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 70.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.



Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For more

information on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn or frayed seat beltsmay not protect you in a crash.They can rip apart under impactforces. If a belt is torn or frayed,have it replaced immediately.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 123.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 70.



Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 124.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the and the area directlybehind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thearea directly behind the frontoutboard passenger

Sedan models may have thefollowing airbags:

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reduce

the risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 74.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.



{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 83 orInfants and Young Children 0 85.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 124 for more information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.



The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the seatbackclosest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. Airbags are designed toinflate if the impact exceeds thespecific airbag system's deployment

threshold. Deployment thresholdsare used to predict how severe acrash is likely to be in time for theairbags to inflate and help restrainthe occupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.



Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 72.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 74.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 72.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflated



airbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers after the airbags

inflate. The feature may alsoactivate, without airbag inflation,after an event that exceeds apredetermined threshold. Afterturning the ignition off and then onagain, the doors can be locked, theinterior lamps can be turned off, andthe hazard warning flashers can beturned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the brakeand steering systems, etc. Even ifthe vehicle appears to be drivableafter a moderate crash, there maybe concealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if attempting torestart the vehicle after a crashhas occurred.

If an airbag inflates or the vehiclehas been in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs,the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.


Seats and Restraints 77. The vehicle has a crash sensing

and diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 344 and Event DataRecorders 0 344.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron or off, will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 125.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint should notbe installed in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 125.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbags to be enabled,the on indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,



depending upon the person'sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 124 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is present

in a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 99 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 101.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat belt lockoff. When the retractor lock is

set, the belt can be tightenedbut not pulled out of theretractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 57.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the child when arear seat is not available. Never put



a rear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the on indicator isnot lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow the

system to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt andlet the belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and



“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 341.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the 12‐volt battery is disconnected, anairbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, seat belts,airbag sensing and diagnostic



module, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, inner door seals including thespeakers, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. This

could either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 77.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 293 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 334.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 124.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 72. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. To

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

help make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 124.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.


84 Seats and Restraints. Can proper seat belt fit be

maintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 67.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes the

need, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injured

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,



there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatal

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 83.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 90 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST



availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 77 for additional information.


When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.



Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,

this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).



See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 99or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 101.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to securethe child restraint.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 99or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 101.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.



Some child restraints with top tetherare designed for use with or withoutthe top tether being attached.Others require the top tether alwaysto be attached. In Canada, the lawrequires that forward-facing childrestraints have a top tether, and thatthe tether be attached. Be sure toread and follow the instructions foryour child restraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat Delete Model

Sedan Models

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in therear seat trim.



To assist in locating the top tetheranchors on sedan models, the toptether anchor symbol is on the trimnear the anchor.

For sedan models, the top tetheranchors are behind the rear seats.

Sedan Model


For rear seat delete models, the toptether anchors (1, 2) are located onthe rear floor behind thepassenger seat.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors on rear seat delete models,the top tether anchor symbol is nearthe anchor. The top tether anchors

may be covered. If the top tetheranchors are covered, the top tetheranchor symbol is on the cover.

Do not attach the top tether to thislocation. Use only the approved toptether anchors identified previouslyin this section.

Be sure to use an anchor on thesame side of the vehicle as theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if



the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 89 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 89 foradditional information.


1. For models without a rear seat,forward-facing child restraintsshould only be installed in theright front seating position withbelts and a top tether.See Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the RearSeat) 0 99 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 101.

If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if your vehicle has one. Referto the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

1.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

1.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you

are using a dual tether,route the tether aroundthe head restraint.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the head restraintand route the tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.



2. Secure the child restraint in theright front seating position withthe vehicle belts.See Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the RearSeat) 0 99 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 101.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Sedan Models

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to the

child restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For rear outboard seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes withthe proper installation ofthe child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

When installing arear-facing child restraint,it may be necessary tomove the front seatforward to properly installthe child restraint per thechild restraintmanufacturer instructions.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. Place the cargocover in its originallocation after installingyour child restraint whenthe head restraint isremoved.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:



If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraint

and you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, raise the headrestor head restraint androute the tether under theheadrest or head restraintand around the headrestor head restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, raise theheadrest or head restraintand route the tetherunder the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There should



be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 62for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 62.

2. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

3. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 57.



4. Return the head restraint to thefull upright position if folded.Pull the head restraint up andforward until it locks into place.

5. Try to move the head restraintin all directions to make surethat it is locked in place.

Always adjust the headrestraint so that the top of therestraint is at the same heightas the top of the occupant'shead. See Head Restraints0 57.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 90 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 90 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.



If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 89.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 90.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 90.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCH

System) 0 90 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 89.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 77 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 125 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 77 for additional information.


If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 90 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator should



light and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 125.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. If the vehicle does not have arear seat and the child restraintmanufacturer recommendsusing a top tether anchor,attach the top tether to the toptether anchor. Refer to theinstructions that came with thechild restraint and to LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 90.

8. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 77.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.


Storage 105

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 105Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 105Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Center Console Storage . . . . . . 106

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

The instrument panel storage isnear the power outlet.

CupholdersThe front cupholders are near theshift lever.

If equipped, lower the armrest toaccess the rear cupholders. Theliner is removable for cleaning.


106 Storage

Center Console Storage

There is storage in the centerconsole. Move the armrest rearwardand lift the lever on the frontto open.

There may be a small tray andadditional storage when the smalltray is detached.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

If equipped, the cargo cover can beused to cover items in the rear ofthe vehicle.

To remove the cargo cover:

1. Remove the cords from thehooks at the top of theliftgate (1).

2. Disconnect the loops from thehooks on the trim panel (2).

To install the cargo cover:

1. Attach the loops to the hookson the trim panel (2).

2. Reconnect both of the cords tothe hooks at the top of theliftgate (1).


Storage 107

Cargo ManagementSystem

Pull up on the load floor cover toaccess the cargo managementsystem, if equipped.


108 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 109Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 109Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 110Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . 110Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 111Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Battery Gauge (HighVoltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 122

Power Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . 123Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 123Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 124Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Charging System Light (12-VoltBattery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . 126Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 128Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 128Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 128Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 129Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . 130High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 130Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 130

Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 130Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Information DisplaysPower Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Programmable Charging . . . . . . 131Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . 138Energy Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Propulsion PowerMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 143

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 143


Instruments and Controls 109

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

g : If equipped with OnStar or aBluetooth system, press to interactwith those systems.See OnStar Overview 0 346 orBluetooth 0 175.

c : Press to decline an incomingcall or end a current call. Press tomute or unmute the infotainmentsystem when not on a call.

w orx : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.


@ : Press to select a highlightedmenu option.

yFAV or FAVz : Press to displaya list of favorites and select the nextor previous favorite when listeningto the radio.



The volume switches are on theright rear side of the steering wheel.Press to increase or decrease thevolume.

There is a paddle on the left rearside of the steering wheel forregenerative braking. SeeRegenerative Braking 0 215.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

If equipped with an auto heatedsteering wheel, the heated steeringwheel will turn on automatically in

remote start along with the heatedseats when it is cold outside. Theheated steering wheel indicator lightmay not come on. See Heated FrontSeats 0 60.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Pedestrian Safety SignalThe vehicle is equipped withautomatic sound generation.

The automatic sound is generatedto indicate the vehicle presence topedestrians. The sound changes ifthe vehicle is speeding up orslowing down. It is activated whenthe vehicle is shifted into a forwardgear or R (Reverse), up to 33 km/h(20 mph).



Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the vehicle on or inService Mode, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : If equipped with intermittentwipes, move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn the band up formore frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For multiple wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.

Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 266.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers willstop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 271.

Wiper Parking

If the vehicle Is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop. If thewindshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield. If thevehicle is turned off while the wipersare performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.



The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thelever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 261for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The controls are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever.

Move the control to:

ON : To turn on.

OFF : To turn off.

INT : To turn on intermittent rearwipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. If equipped withthe rear camera mirror, the washerfluid is sprayed on the rear cameraat the same time. The lever returnsto its starting position whenreleased.



{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the vehicle is inR (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the vehicle is inR (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performingintermittent wipes, then the rearwiper automatically performsintermittent wipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

Wiper operation returns to normalwhen the shift lever is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speedincreases. The rear wiper will alsostop when the liftgate is open.

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. If the shiftlever is in N (Neutral) and thevehicle speed is very slow, the rearwiper will automatically stop at thebase of the rear window.

CompassThe vehicle has a compass displayin the instrument cluster above thespeedometer. The compassreceives its heading and otherinformation from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) antennaand vehicle speed information.

The compass system has automaticcalibration and zone adjustmentfeatures.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna forlong periods of time with objectsthat may interfere with the antenna'sability to receive a satellite signal.The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. The compass system willautomatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading.



ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menu.This can also be changed bytouching the clock, then touch8 togo to the Time and DateSettings menu.

D : Press to access theHome Page.

T : Touch to access the Icon View.

Y : Drag the scroll bar to navigatethe list.

R orQ : Touch to set upitems.

0 : Touch to exit or return to theprevious screen or menu.

Setting the Time

When Auto Set is enabled, the timecannot be manually set.

1. PressD, then touchT.

2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Set Time.

4. Touch + or − to adjust thevalue.

5. TouchR orQ to adjustAM or PM for 12 hour format.

6. Touch0.

Setting the Date


2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Set Date.

4. Touch + or − to adjust thevalue.

5. Touch0.

Auto Set


2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Auto Set.

4. Select from the availableoptions.

5. Touch0.

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format


2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Set Time.

4. Select 12 hr or 24 hr format.

5. Touch0.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a mobile phone or MP3player. The accessory power outletonly works with the vehicleturned on.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet on the lower centerstack below the climate control.

Open the cover to access andreplace when not in use.



Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 252.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have a wirelesscharging pocket outside the armrestof the center console. The systemoperates at 145 kHz and wirelesslycharges one Qi compatible mobiledevice. The power output of thesystem is capable of charging at arate up to 3 amp (19.5W), asrequested by the compatible mobiledevice. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 342.

To check for mobile phone or otherdevice compatibility:

. In the U.S., seewww.my.chevrolet.com/learn.

. In Canada, seewww.gmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ServiceMode, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) must be active. Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 206.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the mobile phone.



{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pocket before chargingyour mobile phone. Objects, suchas coins, keys, rings, paper clips,or cards, between the mobilephone and the charger willbecome very hot. On the rareoccasion that the charging systemdoes not detect an object, and theobject gets wedged between themobile phone and the charger,remove the mobile phone andallow the object to cool beforeremoving it from the chargingpocket, to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pocket. The systemmay not charge if there are anyobjects between the mobiledevice and charging pocket.

2. With the mobile device screenfacing the driver side, insert thedevice into the charging pocketandW will appear on theinfotainment display. Thisindicates that the mobile deviceis properly positioned andcharging.

IfW does not appear on theinfotainment display:

1. Remove the mobile devicefrom the pocket and waitthree seconds.

2. Turn the mobile device180 degrees and insert it backinto the pocket with the screenfacing the driver side.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide open



source code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THEIMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BELIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the propulsion system isstarted to indicate they are working.When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays apreview of information that includeselectric range, charging, odometer,and battery status. This happensupon entry when the driver door isopened, before starting the vehicle.This preview will dismiss afterstarting the vehicle or soon afterclosing the driver door.



Modern English Cluster Shown, Others and Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

The cluster layout can be changed.There are three displayconfigurations to choose from:Classic, Modern, and Enhanced.Use the steering wheel control tomove between the different displayzones and scroll through thedifferent displays. See “Layout”under “Cluster Menu” following.

. Classic configuration displaysthe speedometer with asimplified battery gauge andefficiency light.

. Modern configuration displaysthe speedometer with a batterygauge and efficiency gauge.

. Enhanced configuration displaysthe speedometer with batterygauge, efficiency ring, andpower gauge.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Press V to select the

application, then press p to enterthe application menu. Exit the menuby pressing o.

Not all applications will be availableon all vehicles.

Cluster Menu Applications

. Vehicle info. This is where theDriver Information Center (DIC)displays can be viewed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 141.

. Audio

. Phone

. Onstar Navigation

. Layout

. Options

Audio

In the main view of the Audioapplication, pressw orx to scrollthrough radio stations or move tothe next/previous track of a USB/Bluetooth device that is connectedto the vehicle. Press V to select the

Audio app, then press p to enterthe Audio menu. In the Audio menubrowse for music, select from thefavorites, or change the audiosource.



Phone

In the Phone menu, if there is noactive phone call, view recent calls,scroll through contacts, or selectfrom the favorites. If there is anactive call, mute or unmute thephone or switch to handset orhandsfree operation.

Onstar Navigation

This display is used for OnStarTurn-by-Turn guidance, if equipped.

Layout

Choose Classic, Modern,or Enhanced layout by pressing Vwhile the desired item is highlighted.Exit the Layout menu bypressing o.

Options

Press V to select the Options app.

Usew orx to scroll through theitems in the Options menu. Exit theOptions menu by pressing o.

Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Usew orx to scroll through theitems. Choose U.S., Metric,or Imperial by pressing V while thedesired item is highlighted.

Speed Warning : The speedwarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the speed warning,press V when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressw orx to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.Once set, this feature can be turnedoff by pressing V while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed and a chime may sound.

Help : Press p while Help isdisplayed to enter the Help menu.Usew orx to scroll through theitems in the Help menu.

Open Source Software : Press Vwhile Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 141.



Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)

Enhanced Battery Gauge

This displays the high voltagebattery state of charge. The value inthe center is an estimate of how farthe vehicle can be driven on theremaining charge as estimated fromdriving habits and conditionslearned over several days.

The Max and Min values above andbelow the display indicate thelongest and shortest possible rangeas estimated from current vehicleconditions and climate settings.

The mileage estimate and Max andMin numbers are affected by climatecontrol system usage. Estimatedrange may increase or decreasebased upon changes in climatecontrol energy consumption.

A trend bar on the far left indicateshow recent vehicle conditions andclimate settings are affecting thelearned range prediction.

When the high voltage battery stateof charge is very low the estimatedrange value in the center willchange to Low. Max and Min rangeswill no longer be displayed.Additional alerts may display and asound may also be heard at lowstate of charge.

Driver Efficiency Gauge

Modern Efficiency Gauge Shown,Classic Similar

This gauge is a guide to driving inan efficient manner.

Efficient Driving

. Classic layout: Keep the gaugeand leaf green.

. Modern layout: Keep the ballgreen and in the center of thegauge.

. Enhanced layout: Keep the outerring of the speedometer green.



Inefficient Driving

. Classic layout: The gauge andleaf turn yellow.

. Modern layout: The ball turnsyellow and moves above thecenter of the gauge.

. Enhanced layout: The outer ringof the speedometer turns yellow.

Aggressive Braking

. Classic layout: The gauge andleaf turn yellow.

. Modern layout: The ball turnsyellow and moves below thecenter of the gauge.

. Enhanced layout: The outer ringof the speedometer turns yellow.

Power Indicator Gauge

The power indicator gauge displaysthe instantaneous charge anddischarge power flowing either intoor out of the high voltage battery.Maximum discharge power isavailable when the high voltagebattery is fully charged. Duringnormal operation, a slight reductionin discharge power may occur asthe high voltage battery state ofcharge decreases.

Regenerative Braking

When regenerative braking is active,the regen battery icon with arrowsappears green and a horizontal barmay display on the gauge.

Regenerative Power Limited

Regenerative power may be limitedwhen the high voltage battery isnear full charge or cold. The regenbattery icon will appear gray whenlimited.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fasten



their seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times if

the passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, or other electronicdevice. To turn off the reminder lightand/or chime, remove the objectfrom the seat or buckle theseat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners(if equipped), the airbag modules,the wiring, and the crash sensingand diagnostic module.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.



Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 77 for importantsafety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, after

several seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 124 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery)

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is started,as a check to show the light isworking.



If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12-volt battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio.

Service Vehicle SoonLight

This light comes on if a conditionexists that may require the vehicleto be taken in for service.

If the light comes on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is started. If itdoes not come on then, see yourdealer for service.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightflashes and stays on after the



parking brake is released, or whiledriving, there is a problem with theElectric Parking Brake system.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

The service electric parking brakelight should come on briefly whenstarting the vehicle. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See Electric

Parking Brake 0 213. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

The ABS warning light will come onbriefly when the vehicle is started.This is normal. If the light does notcome on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light stays on or comes onwhile driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the vehicle off.Then start the vehicle again to resetthe system. If the light still stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. See yourdealer. If the regular brake systemwarning light is not on, the brakeswill still work, but the antilock brakes

will not work. If the regular brakesystem warning light is also on, theantilock brakes will not work andthere is a problem with the regularbrakes.

Sport Mode Light

This light comes on when SportMode is selected.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

If available, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle.



If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced.

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected directly infront of the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 229.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your

dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.



This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 217.

Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the vehicle isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A message in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) may also display. Stopas soon as possible, and inflate thetires to the pressure value shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

This indicates that there may be aproblem with the TPMS. The lightflashes for about one minute andstays on steady until the vehicle isoff. This sequence repeats eachtime the vehicle is started.



Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the vehicle is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the vehicledoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 219.



Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched.

Information Displays

Power FlowsTo view the Power Flow screens onthe infotainment display, touchEnergy and then touch Flow.

The Power Flow screens indicatethe current operating condition. Thescreens show energy flow to andfrom the high voltage battery whilethe vehicle is being driven. Thesecomponents will be highlightedwhen they are active.

Programmable ChargingImportant Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before you plug in to anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.


. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.


132 Instruments and Controls. When outdoors, plug into an

electrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.



{ Danger




(Continued)

Danger (Continued)



See Charge Cord 0 243.

Programmable ChargingModes

To view the current charge modestatus, touch Energy on theinfotainment display, and then touchCharging.

The charge Start and chargeComplete time estimations are alsodisplayed. These estimations aremost accurate when the vehicle isplugged in and in moderatetemperature conditions.

Charge Mode Selection

Immediate : The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connectedto an electrical outlet. This may bethe only mode available at publicDC charge stations. See Plug-InCharging 0 235.



Departure : The vehicle willschedule charging to complete bythe programmed departure time.The vehicle estimates the chargingschedule based on programmeddeparture times, charge rate limits,electric rate preference andschedule, and priority chargingsettings. If there is not sufficienttime after the charge cord isplugged in, the vehicle will not befully charged by the departure time.

Departure Time Entry

The Departure charge mode allowsfor the departure time to be enteredto match your personal schedule.

1. With Departure charge modeselected, touch Edit.

2. The current programmeddeparture time is displayed onthe tab with the day of theweek. Select the tab for theday of the week to be edited.

3. Touch + or − to change thehours and minutes.

4. Touchy orz to change AMor PM.

5. Touch0 to exit the screen.

Charge Current Limit Selection

The charge current limit settingallows the vehicle’s charge currentto be selected so it matches thecapability of the charging location.If the vehicle consistently stopscharging after being plugged in, or ifa circuit breaker continues to trip,reducing to a lower charge currentlimit setting may resolve the issue.

The charge current limit settingshould be configured to match theelectrical current rating for theelectrical outlet that the charge cordis connected to. On the ChargeMode tab, change the Charge Limitselection between:

. 12 amps

. 8 amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Check the vehicle for the availablelevels.

The charge limit can be changedand saved using Location BasedCharging settings. The default valueis the lower current limit. The chargecurrent limit will reset to the lowervalue when the vehicle is shiftedfrom P (Park) unless the LocationBased Charging feature is activeand set to retain this preference.See “Location Based Charging” laterin this section.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

lowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

Electric Rate Preference

The vehicle estimates the chargingstart time based on the utility rateschedule, utility rate preference, andprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. The vehiclewill charge during the leastexpensive rate periods to achieve afull battery charge by the departuretime. Electrical rate information fromthe utility company for the charginglocation is required for this mode.If the selected charge mode isDeparture, then electric ratepreference selection will display.

Electric Rate Preference Selection

From the Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen with Departurecharge mode selected, touch Moreto select the Electric RatePreference.

Touch one of the following optionsto select the Electric RatePreference:

. Off: Delay charging based ondeparture.

. Off-Peak Only: Charge duringOff-Peak Rates.

. Cost Optimized Off- andMid-Peak: Charge duringMid-Peak and Off-Peak Rates.

. Cost Optimized All Rates:Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak,and Off-Peak Rates.

Charging begins at the start timeand is complete by the departuretime only if sufficient time is allowedafter the charge cord is plugged in.For example, if the vehicle isplugged in for only one hour prior to

the departure time, and the batteryis completely discharged, thevehicle will not be fully charged bythe departure time regardless of therate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all Peakrates and the rate preference is tocharge during Off-Peak rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Electric Rate Schedule

From the Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen, with Departurecharge mode and an Electric RatePreference selected, touch Edit nextto Electric Rate Preference.



Select one of the following for theCharge Completion option:

. Earliest Possible

. Latest Possible

Edit Electric Rate Schedule

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend, and season. During theday when the demand for electricityis high, the rates are usually higherand called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity islow, the rates are usually lower andcalled Off-Peak rates. In someareas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winter schedule.

Touch Edit Electric Rate Schedulefrom the Electric Rate Schedulescreen and select the desiredschedule.

. Yearly

. Summer/Winter

Summer/Winter Schedule StartDate Editing

With Summer/Winter as thepreferred rate schedule, touch Editon the Summer tab next to thedates.

1. Touch + or − to change themonth and day for the start ofSummer.

2. Select the Winter tab.

3. Touch + or − to change themonth and day for the start ofWinter.

4. Touch0 to exit the screen.

Electric Rate Schedule Editing

Electric rate information from theutility company for the charginglocation is required.

1. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule from the ElectricRate Schedule screen andselect the desired schedule.



Yearly Shown, Summer/WinterSimilar

2. Touch Edit in the lower rightcorner of the screen to edit theelectric rate schedule.

. Weekdays are Mondaythrough Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturdayand Sunday and use thesame rate schedule.

Both weekday andweekend schedules mustbe set. The rate scheduleonly applies for a 24-hourperiod, starting at 12 AMand ending at 12 AM. There

can be five rate changes foreach day; not all mustbe used.

Select Weekday orWeekend.

3. Touch Set next to the row to beedited.

Yearly Shown, Summer/WinterSimilar

4. Select Peak, Mid-Peak,or Off-Peak. Use + or − toenter the time, andy orz tochange AM or PM.

The finish times must beconsecutive. If a finish timedoes not follow a start time, anerror message displays.

5. Touch OK.

Priority Charging

The priority charging feature willwork when the Departure chargemode is selected. This feature isdesigned to ensure that the highvoltage battery has a minimalamount of energy prior to delaying acharge. Upon completion of prioritycharging, the vehicle will return tonormal Programmable Chargingoperation.

The feature can be enabled/disabled by selecting On/Off fromthe Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen when theDeparture charge mode is selected.When enabled, Priority Charging willonly prevent ProgrammableCharging while the high voltagebattery is recharged from a depletedstate to a 40% state of charge.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed delayed charge modescan be temporarily overridden to anImmediate charge mode for onecharge cycle. Also, the next planneddeparture time can be temporarily



overridden for one charge cycle. Inaddition to the in-vehicle overridesthrough the programmable chargingscreens, there are other ways totemporarily override a delayedcharge mode. See Plug-In Charging0 235.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

The Temporary Override providesthe ability to set temporary chargeitems for the next charge cycle.

1. Touch the Temporary Overridetab on the Charging screen.

2. Select:

. Immediate: Chargeimmediately at plug in.

. Temporary Departure: Setthe temporarydeparture time.

. Off: Cancel the TemporaryOverride.

To override or cancel an active DCcharging cycle, touch Stop on thecharging screen.

Location Based Charging

With Location Based Chargingenabled, the Charge Mode andCharge Limit Preference are savedand set back to the customer’spreference every time the vehicle isreturned to the saved homelocation. When the vehicle is not atthe saved home location, then thevehicle will default to the lower limitof Charge Limit Preference and the

Charge Mode will be set toImmediate. When Location BasedCharging is on and the vehicle isaway from the saved home location,then the selection for the chargemode will be disabled and theselection will be grayed out.

After 90 days, a notification willdisplay and the Charge LimitPreference will need to be reset forthe next 90 days. See Important“Information about Portable ElectricVehicle Charging” earlier in thissection.

When the GPS location is notavailable, dashes will be displayedand Location Based Charging willbe disabled until the GPS isrestored.

Using Location Based Charging

To use location based charging, ahome location must first be stored.To store a home location:

1. From the Energy Home screen,touch Energy Settings.

2. Touch Location BasedCharging.



3. Touch Set Home Location[.

4. Touch OK.

5. Touch On to enable LocationBased Charging.

To change the stored home location:

1. Touch Update Home Location[ on the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Touch Update, then OK to setthe new home location.

. Touch Cancel to make nochanges.

. Touch Remove to clear thelocation and turn LocationBased Charging off.

Charging Interrupted orOverridden Pop-Up

The Charging Interrupted orOverridden pop-up will appear if anyof the following conditions occur:

. The charging options have beenupdated through the mobile app.See KeyPass 0 45.

. The charge process wasinterrupted by the utilitycompany.

. There was an unintended loss ofAC power during the plug-incharge event. For example,there was a power outage or thecharge cord was unplugged fromthe wall.

See Utility Interruption of Charging0 250.

Programmable ChargingDisabled

When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the Unable toCharge screen will display.

Energy InformationTo view Energy Detail, EnergyUsage Score, and Efficiency History,touch Energy on the infotainmentdisplay, and then touch Information.Touch h or k to go to the nextscreen.

Energy Detail



This screen displays how energy isbeing used since the last time thehigh voltage battery was fullycharged. It includes Driving andAccessories, Climate Settings, andBattery Conditioning. The circlegraph displays these percentages.Energy Used and Distance Traveledare also displayed on the screen.

Energy Usage Score

This screen provides an estimate ofthe factors that influence energyusage since the last full charge ofthe high voltage battery. A positiveScore is desired to reach thevehicle’s optimal energy usagerating.

. Technique includes acceleratingand braking.

. Terrain includes road conditions,such as hills, rain, and snow andmay be affected by wind and tirepressure.

. Climate Settings includes howthe heat and air conditioningare used.

. Outside Temperature includesthe effect that hot or cold air hason vehicle aerodynamics.

. Score is the sum of theindividual scores.

The individual scores provide anunderstanding of how energy usageis different from day to day, evenwhen traveling the same route.

All values are reset after a completecharge and may not be stable untilapproximately 16 km (10 mi) havebeen driven.

Efficiency History

With Efficiency History, a bar graphshows the average amount ofenergy that has been used over thelast 50 km or 50 mi. The Presentbar provides the average energyefficiency for the current 5 kmor 5 mi.

Touch Reset to clear thehistory data.



Energy Settings

To view and change the EnergySettings, touch Energy and thentouch Energy Settings. Use thearrows to scroll through the list.

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Location Based Charging: Thisfeature allows the chargingsettings to be remembered atthe saved GPS coordinates forthe home location. See “LocationBased Charging” inProgrammable Charging 0 131.

. Hill Top Reserve : Select Off,On, On - Home Only, or On -Away Only. See “Hill TopReserve” in RegenerativeBraking 0 215.

. Energy Summary Pop-up : Setthe energy summary pop-upfeature to On or Off.

. Charge Status Feedback : Setthe charge status feedbackfeature to Horn Chirps or Off.

. Charge Cord Theft Alert : Thisfeature allows the theft alert tosound when there is an attemptto remove the portable chargecord and the system is armed.Set the charge cord theft alertfeature to On or Off.

. Charge Power Loss Alert :This feature allows an alert tosound when the vehicle ischarging and loses power at theelectrical outlet. Set the chargepower loss alert feature to Onor Off.

. Radio Power Down : Thisallows for automaticconservation of high voltagebattery power based on level ofbattery charge.

Select Off, 2%, 4%, 6%, 8%,or 10%. When the selected highvoltage battery power level isreached, a message will showon the infotainment displayasking if the radio should enterLow Power Mode. Touch Yesor No.

Low Power Mode

To enter Low Power Mode manually:

1. Press and hold O. A messagewill show on the infotainmentdisplay asking if the radioshould enter Low Power Mode.

2. Touch Yes. The screen will turnoff, and the audio will pause.

3. Press O again to turn theradio on.



Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the rightsteering wheel control. SeeInstrument Cluster 0 118.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.


V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Pressw orx to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress p.

5. Pressw orx to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Trip and Average ElectricalEnergy Economy : The Trip displayshows the current distance traveled,in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding V while this display isactive.

The Average Electrical EnergyEconomy display shows theapproximate average kWh per100 kilometers (kWh/100 km) ormiles per kWh. This number iscalculated based on the number ofkWh/100 km recorded since the lasttime this menu item was reset. Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate average electrical



energy economy that the vehiclehas right now, and will change asdriving conditions change. TheAverage Electrical Energy Economycan be reset along with the tripodometer by pressing and holdingV while this display is active.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding V while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active.

Follow Distance Indicator : Thecurrent follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time valueon this page.

Blank Page : The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the cluster infodisplay areas.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


Instruments and Controls 143. Brakes

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. Reduced propulsion powercan affect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to your

destination. The performance maybe reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

{ : Press to access theHome Page.

T : Touch to access the Icon view.

Y : Drag the scroll bar to navigatethe list.

0 : Touch to exit or return to theprevious screen or menu.

To access the menu:

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch the menu item toselect it.

Each of the menus is detailed in thefollowing information.



Personalization Menu

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Rear Seat Reminder

. Language (Language)

. Teen Driver

. Radio Settings

. Vehicle

. Devices

. Device Remote Access

. Bluetooth Phone

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. KeyPass

. USB Auto Launch

. Wi-Fi

. Display Settings

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Text Scroll

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 114.

Rear Seat Reminder

This message displays undercertain conditions indicating theremay be an item or passenger in therear seat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature allows for a chime anda message when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Teen Driver

See Teen Driver 0 181.

Radio Settings

To manage the radio features, see“Radio Settings” under Settings0 180.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Comfort and Convenience

. Collision / Detection Systems

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock / Unlock / Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.



Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Heated Seats

When set to On and it is coldoutside, both the heated seats andthe heated steering wheel willautomatically turn on when thevehicle is started. See AutomaticClimate Control System 0 186.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically come on when thevehicle is started. See AutomaticClimate Control System 0 186.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Select + or − to adjust the volume.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 112.

Select Off or On.

Collision / Detection Systems


. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Park Assist

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Lane Change Alert

Forward Collision System

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 227.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This allows the feature’s notificationto be customized.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Park Assist

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 222.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) 0 231.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights


146 Instruments and Controls. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on brieflywhen K on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is pressedto locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock / Unlock / Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.



Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the outside driver doorhandle to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or DriverDoor Only.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Select Off or On.

Devices

This shows status of the connecteddevice.

Touch Add Device if a device needsto be added.

Device Remote Access

This will allow devices to controlsystem functionality andaccess data.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth Phone

This allows the connected Bluetoothphone to be configured. See“Bluetooth Phone” in Settings 0 180.

. My Number

. Privacy

. Sort Contacts

. Resync Device Contacts

My Number

This displays the phone number ofthe connected Bluetooth device.

Privacy

This allows call alerts to appear onthe infotainment display.

Select Off or On.

Sort Contacts

Touch to sort by first or last name.

Resync Device Contacts

This resyncs the contacts on thephone.

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

KeyPass


. KeyPass


148 Instruments and Controls. Manage KeyPass Devices

KeyPass

This feature allows smartphones tobe connected to the vehicle. SeeKeyPass 0 45.

Select to turn Off or On.

Manage KeyPass Devices

Select to manage smartphones.Smartphones must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

USB Auto Launch

This allows Android and AppleCarPlay devices to automaticallyconnect when plugged into theUSB port.

Select Off or On.

Wi-Fi


. Wi-Fi

. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi

This feature allows for a connectionto available protected Wi-Finetworks in range of the vehicle tobe turned off or on.

Select Off or On.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Select to manage a list of availableprotected networks. Wi-Fi must beset to On for this feature to beaccessed.

Display Settings

Select and the following choices willdisplay:

. Blue Sky

. Sunset Orange

. Black Eclipse

Choose one of these options tochange the display settings.

Rear Camera


. Symbols

. Guidelines

Symbols


Guidelines


Return to Factory Settings


. Reset Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Reset Vehicle Settings

This allows vehicle settings to bereset.

Select Continue or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows all private informationfrom the vehicle to be cleared.




Restore Radio Settings

This allows radio settingspreferences to be restored to thedefault.


Audible Touch Feedback


Text Scroll


Software Information


. Open Source

. Software Update

. Update Preference

Open Source

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.

Software Update

This allows the ability to search foravailable vehicle software updateswhen Internet connectivity isavailable through the vehicle’s built

in OnStar connection, if equipped,or a secure Wi-Fi hotspot, such as amobile hotspot, home or publicnetwork. Applicable data rates mayapply.

Update Preference

Select to download new vehiclesoftware updates in the background.Select Off or On. Softwaredownloads require Internetconnectivity through the vehicle’sbuilt-in OnStar connection,if equipped, or a secure Wi-Fihotspot, such as a mobile hotspot,home or public network. Applicabledata rates may apply.


150 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 150Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 153Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Battery Power Protection . . . . . 156Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

P : Turns the exterior lamps onand off.

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps. The instrument panellights also turn on.


Lighting 151

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen the exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO or5 position.

The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle’sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle’s taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button on theturn signal lever. If this happens,pressb on the turn signallever when the exterior lampcontrol is in the AUTO or5position.


152 Lighting

The instrument cluster light willcome on to indicate theIntelliBeam system isreactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle’s lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle‘s lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle’s lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the vehicle isoff and the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:

. The power button is on.


Lighting 153. The exterior lamp control is

in AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned toP or thevehicle is off.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,the DRL can only be turned offwhen the vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemThe headlamps come onautomatically when the exteriorlamp control is set to AUTO and it isdark enough outside.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned toP or the vehicleis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the vehicleon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers


154 Lighting

The hazard warning flasher buttonis on the center stack.

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press the buttonagain to turn the flashers off.

When the hazard warning flashersare on, the turn signals willnot work.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed.

If the lever is briefly pressed andreleased, the turn signal flashesthree times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Underhood CompartmentFuse Block 0 272.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.


Lighting 155

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened and the domelamp is in the1 position.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theheadliner above the front seats.

R OFF : Press to turn the lampsoff, even when a door is open.

1 : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

+ ON : Press to turn on the domelamps.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thereading lamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

* OFF : Press to turn the lamp off.

+ ON : Press to turn the lamp on.


156 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and the interiorlamps turn on briefly at night whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter K is pressed. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 33. The lightsturn off immediately when thevehicle is started or automaticallyafter a brief period.

This feature can be turned on or off.See “Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight when the vehicle is turned offand the driver door is opened.Some interior lamps also come onwhen the vehicle is turned off. Theexterior lamps and interior lampsremain on after the door is closedfor a brief period and then turn off.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle's12-volt battery.

If some interior lamps and/or theheadlamps are left on and thevehicle is turned off, the batteryrundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 157

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 158Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

RadioAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 165

Audio PlayersUSB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

OnStar SystemOnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

PhoneBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 178

SettingsSettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Trademarks and LicenseAgreementsTrademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

IntroductionRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the features.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road fortoo long or too often while usingany infotainment feature cancause a crash. You or otherscould be injured or killed. Do notgive extended attention toinfotainment tasks while driving.Limit your glances at the vehicledisplays and focus your attentionon driving. Use voice commandswhenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-infeatures intended to help avoiddistraction by disabling somefunctions when driving. Thesefunctions may gray out when theyare unavailable. Many infotainmentfeatures are also available throughthe instrument cluster and steeringwheel controls.


158 Infotainment System

Before driving:

. Become familiar with theoperation of the center stackcontrols and the infotainmentsystem.

. Set up the audio by presettingfavorite stations, setting thetone, and adjusting thespeakers.

. Set up phone numbers inadvance so they can be calledeasily by pressing a singlecontrol or by using a single voicecommand if equipped withBluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 194.

To play the infotainment system withthe vehicle off, see RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 206.

Theft-Deterrent FeatureThe infotainment system has anelectronic security system installedto prevent theft.

The infotainment system only worksin the vehicle in which it was firstinstalled, and cannot be used inanother vehicle.

Overview

1. Infotainment Display:

. Display for Play/Reception/Menu information.

2. Volume Knob:

. Turn the volume knob toadjust the volume.

3. O :

. Press and hold to enter theClean Screen Mode. Theradio will be in a low powermode with the infotainmentdisplay turned off.

. Press to cancel the CleanScreen Mode or to mute/unmute the audio when thesystem is on.

4. { :

. Press to go to theHome Page.

. Press and hold to launchApple CarPlay or AndroidAuto, if equipped.

5. g ord :

. Radio: Press to seek theprevious or next strongeststation or channel.

. USB/Music/Pictures: Pressto go to the previous or nextcontent. Press and hold tofast rewind or fast forward.



Operation

Turning On/Off Automatically

When the vehicle is on, theinfotainment system turns onautomatically.

When the vehicle is off and thedriver door of the vehicle is opened,the infotainment system turns offautomatically.

If O is pressed and held when thevehicle is off, the infotainmentsystem will turn on. The system willturn off automatically afterapproximately 10 minutes.

Full Screen Clock. Touch the time display on the

screen to display a full screen ofthe clock.

. Touch0 to return to theprevious screen.

Volume Control

Turn the volume knob to adjust thevolume. The current volume isindicated.

. If equipped, use the volumeswitches on the back of thesteering wheel to adjust thevolume. See Steering WheelControls 0 109.

. Turning on the infotainmentsystem power will set thevolume level to its previousselection if it is lower than themaximum starting volume level.

. If the volume level is louder thanthe maximum starting volumelevel when the infotainmentsystem is turned on, theinfotainment system is adjustedautomatically to the maximumstarting volume level.

Edit Home Page Layout

1. When the vehicle is stationary,touch { Edit on theHome Page.

2. Select the desired layout:Standard, Family, Eco,or Custom.

If Custom is selected, thedisplay will switch to customlayout editing. This allows thechanging of location andcontent of informationdisplayed on the Home Page.



Using Icon View

TouchT.

Icon view may vary depending onvehicle options.

Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,SXM (if equipped), AUX, or USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio.

Phone : Touch to activate thephone features. See Bluetooth0 175.

Projection : Touch to accesssupported devices when connected.See USB Port 0 166.

Settings : Touch to access thePersonalization menu. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Gallery : Touch to view a picture.See “Gallery” under “Selecting aFunction” following.

OnStar : Touch to use the OnStarfunction. See OnStar Overview0 346.

Camera : Touch to access the RearVision Camera. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 222.

Selecting a Function

Audio

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Audio, then Source.

. Touch AM to select AMradio.

. Touch FM to select FMradio.

. Touch SXM to selectSiriusXM radio (ifequipped).

. Touch iPod to select iPodmusic.

. Touch USB1 to selectUSB1 music.

. Touch USB2 to selectUSB2 music.

. Touch Bluetooth to selectBluetooth music.

. Touch AUX to selectauxiliary sound input.

If the playback source (iPod/USB/AUX/Bluetooth) is not connected tothe infotainment system, thisfunction is not available.

Audio source availability may varydepending on the region.

The infotainment system can onlysupport two USB devices for thefront USB ports.

Phone

To operate Bluetooth Hands-Freefunction, connect the Bluetoothphone to the infotainment system.

1. TouchT.



2. Touch Phone, then touch 5 onthe infotainment display,or press g on the steeringwheel controls.

Settings

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then select anitem from the menu and adjustthe settings by selecting fromthe available options. SeeSettings 0 180.

Gallery

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Gallery, then touch'menu to view picture filescontained in the USB storagedevice.

Software Updates

Over-the-Air Software Updates

If equipped, the infotainment systemcan download and install selectsoftware updates over a wirelessconnection. The system will prompt

for certain updates to bedownloaded and installed. There isalso an option to check for updatesmanually.

To manually check for updates,touch Settings on the Home Page,followed by Software Information,and then System Update. Follow theon-screen prompts. Steps fordownloading and installing updatesmay vary by vehicle.

Downloading Over-the-Air vehiclesoftware updates requires Internetconnectivity, which can be accessedthrough the vehicle’s built-in OnStar4G LTE connection, if equipped andactive. If required, data plans areprovided by a third party. Optionally,a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as acompatible mobile device hotspot,home hotspot, or public hotspot canbe used. Applicable data rates mayapply.

To connect the infotainment systemto a secured mobile device hotspot,home hotspot, or public hotspot,touch Settings on the Home Page,followed by Wi-Fi, and then ManageWi-Fi Networks. Select the

appropriate Wi-Fi network, andfollow the on-screen prompts.Download speeds may vary.

On most compatible mobile devices,activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is inthe Settings menu under MobileNetwork Sharing, Personal Hotspot,Mobile Hotspot, or similar.

Availability of Over-the-Air vehiclesoftware updates varies by vehicleand country. For more informationon this feature, seewww.my.chevrolet.com/learn.



Radio

AM-FM Radio

Listening to AM-FM Radio

1. TouchT.


3. Touch FM or AM. The mostrecently listened to AM or FMradio station is displayed.

RDS (Radio Data System) functionis only available in countries thatsupport this function.

Searching for StationsAutomatically

Pressg ord to automaticallysearch for an available station withgood reception.

If RDS is supported, it will tune tothe station and may includeadditional information such as time,station identification, and programinformation.

Searching for Stations Directly

1. Touch Tune.

2. Using the keypad, enter thedesired station number.

Touching the period between digitsis not necessary. The radio will addit automatically at the correctlocation.

Favorite Preset Operation

Saving Favorites

1. Select the band.

2. Select the desired station.

3. Touch q or touch and hold thefavorite in the Favorites list tooverwrite.

4. To delete it from the Favoriteslist, touch q, or swipe thestation from the list on the right.

Up to 15 radio stations can besaved in the Favorites list.

Listening to Favorites Directly

1. Touch Favorites to see the listof favorites.

2. Touch the desired station.

The steering wheel controls canalso be used to select favorites. SeeSteering Wheel Controls 0 109.

Using the AM or FMRadio Menu

General Operation of the Menu

1. Select the desired band.

2. Touch Menu.

3. Touch the desired menu toselect the item or to display theitem’s detailed menu.

4. Touch q Now Playing to returnto the previous menu.

Current Station Information

1. From the FM Menu, touchBrowse Audio.

2. Touch Current StationInformation to display thestation information.

AM or FM Stations

1. From the AM or FM Menu,touch Browse Audio.



2. Touch AM Stations or FMStations. The AM List or FMList is displayed.

FM Categories

1. From the FM Menu, touchBrowse Audio.

2. Touch FM Categories.

3. Touch the desired category andstation.

The FM category list is onlyavailable for RDS (Radio DataSystem).

Update AM or FM Stations

1. From the FM or AM Menu,touch Browse Audio.

2. Touch Update AM Stations orUpdate FM Stations.

Tone Settings

1. From the AM or FM Menu,touch Audio Settings.

2. Touch Tone Settings to enterthe sound setup mode. TheTone settings menu isdisplayed.

. Bass : Touch - or + toadjust the bass levelmanually.

. Mid (Midrange) : Touch - or+ to adjust the midrangelevel manually.

. Treble : Touch - or + toadjust the treble levelmanually.

. Fade : Adjust the front/rearspeaker balance bydragging the dot in thevehicle interior image.

. Balance : Adjust the left/right speaker balance bydragging the dot in thevehicle interior image.

. EQ (Equalizer) : Select orturn off the sound style:Talk, Rock, Jazz, Pop,Country, Classical,or Custom. If equipped withBose premium audio, onlyTalk and Custom areavailable.

3. Touch0 to return to theprevious menu.

Auto Volume

When Auto Volume is turned on, thevolume will automatically becontrolled according to the vehiclespeed to offset the noise fromoutside.

1. From the AM or FM Menu,touch Audio Settings.

2. Touch Auto Volume.



3. Select the desired option: Off,Low, Medium-Low, Medium,Medium-High, or High.

RDS

The RDS function can be setfor FM.

1. From the FM Menu, touchAudio Settings.

2. Set RDS to On or Off.

Satellite RadioVehicles equipped with a SiriusXM®

satellite radio tuner and a validSiriusXM satellite radio subscriptioncan receive SiriusXM programming.

SiriusXM Satellite RadioService

SiriusXM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates and 10 Canadian provinces.SiriusXM satellite radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.A fee is required to receive theSiriusXM service.

Refer to:

. www.siriusxm.com or call1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).

. www.siriusxm.ca or call1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

Listening to SXM Radio

1. TouchT.


3. Touch SXM. The most recentlylistened to SXM channel isdisplayed.

Searching for ChannelsAutomatically

Pressg ord to automaticallysearch for available channels.

Searching for ChannelsDirectly

1. Touch Tune.

2. Using the keypad, enter thedesired channel.

Searching for Channels UsingFavorites

Saving Favorites

1. Select the desired channel.

2. Touch q or touch and hold thefavorite in the list to overwrite.

3. To delete a channel fromFavorites, touch q, or swipethe channel from the list on theright.

Up to 15 channels can besaved in the Favorites list.


1. Touch Favorites to see the listof favorites.

2. Touch the desired channel.

Using the SXM Radio Menu

General Operation of the Menu

1. Touch Menu on the SXM radioscreen.

2. Touch Browse Audio or AudioSettings to select and displaythe item’s detailed menu.



3. Touch q Now Playing to returnto the previous screen.

Browse Audio

. Current Channel Information

Touch Current ChannelInformation. The channelinformation is displayed.

. SXM Channels

Touch SXM Channels. The SXMList is displayed.

. SXM Categories

SXM categories are defined bythe SiriusXM service provider.

Touch SXM Categories, thentouch the desired category andchannel.

Audio Settings

. Tone Settings

Set up sound features from theTone Settings menu. See “ToneSettings” under “AM-FM Radio”previously in this section.

. Auto Volume

Volume will be automaticallycontrolled. See “Auto Volume”under “AM-FM Radio” previouslyin this section.

. Explicit Content Filter

Choose this menu item to turnOn or Off the filtering of explicitchannels from SXM. Whenselected, this item will give abrief description of the featureand a list item can be set to Onor Off. From the SXM Menu,touch Audio Settings. SetExplicit Content Filter feature toOn or Off to allow for a filteredlist of channels.

Multi-Band AntennaIf equipped, the roof antenna is forGPS (Global Positioning System).Keep clear of obstructions for clearreception.

Mobile Phone Usage

Mobile phone usage can causeinterference with the vehicle's radio.Unplug the mobile phone or turn itoff if this occurs.

AM

The range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interfere witheach other. Static can occur whenthings like storms and power linesinterfere with radio reception. Whenthis happens, try reducing the trebleon the radio.



Audio Players

USB PortThe USB ports are in the centerconsole and are for data andcharging. If equipped, there are twoUSB charge ports in the rear of thecenter console. The infotainmentsystem can play the music filescontained in the USB storagedevice or a device that supportsMTP or iPod/iPhone devices.

Before Using the AudioSystem

Supported Audio File Formats

. MP3 (MPEG-1 Layer 3,MPEG-2 Layer 3)

Constant Bit Rate (CBR)between 8 and 320 kbps

Variable Bit Rate (VBR)

Sampling frequencies of 8,11.025, 12, 16, 22.05, 24, 32,44.1, and 48 kHz

. Windows Media Audio

Windows Media Audio 10

CBR between 32 and 768 kbps

VBR (Standard), Professional,Lossless, or higher according toMicrosoft specifications

Sampling frequencies of 8, 12,16, 22, 32, 44.1, and 48 kHz

. AAC (MPEG-4 AAC, LowComplexity Profile) and AAC+

CBR between 8 and 320 kbps

. OGG Vorbis

. Waveform (WAV – PCMWindows format)

. Audio Interchange FileFormat (AIFF)

. 3GPP (Generally used formobile devices)

. Audio Books (MP3, WMA,AAC, AA)

Guidelines for Using a USBStorage Device and iPod/iPhone

. Operation cannot be guaranteedif the HDD built-in USB massstorage device or CF or SDmemory card is connected by

using a USB adaptor. Use aUSB or flash memory typestorage device.

. Avoid static electricity dischargewhen connecting ordisconnecting the USB.If connection and disconnectionare repeated many times in ashort time, this may cause aproblem in using the device.

. Operation is not guaranteed ifthe connecting terminal of theUSB device is not metal.

. Connection with i-Stick TypeUSB storage devices may befaulty due to vehicle vibration.

. Do not touch the USBconnecting terminal with anobject or any part of your body.

. The USB storage device canonly be recognized when it isformatted in FAT16/32, NTFS,HFS+. exFAT and other filesystems cannot be recognized.


Infotainment System 167. According to the type and

capacity of the USB storagedevice and the type of the storedfile, the time it takes to recognizethe files may differ.

. Files in some USB storagedevices may not be recognizeddue to compatibility problems.

. Do not disconnect the USBstorage device while it is beingplayed. This may cause damageto the device or may affect theperformance of the USB device.

. The infotainment system canonly support two USB devicesfor the front USB ports.

. Disconnect the connected USBstorage device when the vehicleis off.

. USB storage devices can onlybe connected to this device forthe purpose of playing music,viewing photo files,or upgrading.

. The USB terminal of the deviceshould not be used to chargeUSB accessory equipment since

the heat generation using theUSB terminal may causeperformance issues or damageto the device.

. When the logical drive isseparated from a mass USBstorage device, only the filesfrom the top-level logical drivecan be played for USB musicfiles. For this reason, storemusic files to be played in thetop-level drive of the device.Music files in a particular USBstorage device may not playnormally if an application isloaded by partitioning a separatedrive inside the USB device.

. Music files to which DRM (DigitalRight Management) is appliedcannot be played.

. The infotainment system cansupport USB storage devicesthat are in capacity with a limit of5,000 files (music and photo),and 15 stages of folderstructure. Normal usage cannotbe guaranteed for storagedevices that exceed this limit.

The iPod/iPhone can play allmusic files supported. The musicfile lists display up to 5,000 fileson the screen in alphabeticalorder.

. Some iPod/iPhone devices maynot support the connectivity orfunctionality of the infotainmentsystem.

. Only connect the iPod/iPhonewith connection cablessupported by iPod/iPhonedevices. Other connectioncables cannot be used.

. When the iPod/iPhone device isnot being used, keep itdisconnected from the USB portwhen the vehicle is off.

. Connect the iPod/iPhone to theUSB port by using the iPod/iPhone cable to play the musicfiles on the iPod/iPhone. Whenthe iPod/iPhone is connected tothe AUX port, the music files areplayed, but not controlled byMyLink.

. iPod/iPhone movie file playbackis not supported.


168 Infotainment System. The playback functions and the

information display items of theiPod/iPhone used with thisinfotainment system may bedifferent from the iPod/iPhone interms of play order, method, andinformation displayed.

. See the manufacturer forinformation related to the searchfunction provided by the iPod/iPhone device.

USB Player

Playing USB Storage DeviceMusic Files

Connect the USB storage devicecontaining the music files to theUSB port.

. Once the infotainment systemfinishes reading the informationon the USB storage device, playwill begin automatically unlessUSB Auto Launch has been setto Off in Settings.

. If a non-readable USB storagedevice is connected, an errormessage will appear and theinfotainment system willautomatically switch to theprevious audio function.

If the USB storage device is alreadyconnected, touchT, Audio, Source,and USB to play the USB musicfiles.

Ending USB Music File Playback

1. Touch Source.

2. Select another function bytouching AM, FM, AUX,or Bluetooth.

To remove the USB storage device,select another function, and thenremove the USB storage device.

Pause Touch j during playback.

Touch r to resume playback.

Playing the Next FileTouchd to play the next file.

Playing the Previous FileTouchg within five seconds ofplayback time to play theprevious file.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent File

Touchg after five seconds ofplayback time.



Scanning Forward or BackwardTouch and holdg ord duringplayback to rewind or fastforward. Releaseg ord toresume playback at normalspeed.

Playing Files RandomlyTouchZ during playback.

TouchZ again to return tonormal playback.

Playing Files Repeatedly

1. Touch" during playback.

2. Touch the desired option.

. Repeat All: Plays all filesrepeatedly.

. Repeat Song: Plays acurrent file repeatedly.

. Repeat Off: Cancels therepeat function.

Searching for a File by Using theFavorites

Saving Favorites

1. Select the desired file.

2. Touch q, or touch and hold thefavorite in the list to overwrite.

3. To delete it from the Favoriteslist, touch q, or swipe the filefrom the list on the right.

Up to 15 media files can besaved in the Favorites list.


1. Touch the Favorites menu tosee the Favorites list.

2. Touch the desired favorite tolisten.

General Operation of the USBMusic Menu

1. Touch Menu on the USB musicscreen.



Browse Music

1. From the USB music menu,touch Browse Music.

2. Touch the desired item:Playlists, Folders, Artists,Songs, Albums, Genres, andComposers.

3. Touch the desired music tolisten.

The Infotainment Module willrecognize playlist files by theextensions .asx, m3u, pls, wpl,b4s, and .xspf.

Tone Settings


Auto Volume

See “Auto Volume” under “AM-FMRadio” previously in this section.

MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)Player

Playing Music from a SupportedMTP Device

Connect the supported MTP devicecontaining music files to theUSB port.


170 Infotainment System. Once the infotainment system

finishes reading the informationon the device that supports MTP(Media Transfer Protocol), it willbe automatically played. If USBAuto Launch is set to Off inSettings, it will not beautomatically played.

. If a non-readable device thatsupports MTP is connected, thenan error message will appearand the infotainment system willautomatically switch to theprevious audio function.

. Depending on the connecteddevice, some files may not play.

. File loading may take a fewminutes depending on the typeof MTP device or the number offiles/folders stored in the MTPdevice.

. When connecting the MTPdevice, the infotainment systemscans audio files first, and thenpicture files. While scanningpicture files, these files may notbe available until the loading

indicator on the audio screendisappears even if the audio filein the MTP device is playing.

. If connecting an MTP device thathas external memory, it may berecognized as USB1/USB2.

. Other operations are the sameas the USB player. See “USBPlayer” under “USB Port”previously in this section.

. The USB connection setting onthe device may need to bechanged to MTP.

iPod/iPhone Player

This is limited to devices supportingthe iPod/iPhone connection.

Playing iPod/iPhone Music Files

Use an Apple certified cord toconnect the iPod/iPhone containingthe music files to the USB port.

. Once the infotainment systemfinishes reading the informationon the iPod/iPhone, it will beautomatically played from thepreviously played point. If Auto

Launch in Settings is set to Off,it will not be automaticallyplayed.

If the iPod/iPhone is alreadyconnected, touchT, Audio, Source,then iPod to play the iPod/iPhone.

Ending iPod/iPhone Playback

1. Touch Source.

2. Select another function bytouching AM, FM, AUX,or Bluetooth, or unplug theiPod/iPhone.

To remove the iPod/iPhone, selectanother function, and then removethe iPod/iPhone.

PauseTouch j during playback.

Touch r to resume playback.

Playing the Next SongTouchd to play the next song.

Playing the Previous SongTouchg within two seconds ofplayback time to play theprevious song.



Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent Song

Touchg after two seconds ofplayback time.

Scanning Forward or BackwardHoldg ord during playbackto rewind or fast forward.Releaseg ord to resumeplayback at normal speed.



General Operation of the iPodMusic Menu

1. Touch Menu on the iPod musicscreen.



Browse Music

1. From the iPod music menu,touch Browse Music.

2. Touch the desired music.

Tone Settings


Auto Volume

Volume will be automaticallycontrolled. See “Auto Volume” under“AM-FM Radio” previously in thissection.

Gallery (Pictures)

The infotainment system can viewpicture files contained in the USBstorage device.

Before Using the PictureSystem. Only the following file extensions

are supported: *.jpg, *.bmp,*.png, *.gif.

. Animated GIF is not supported.

. Some files may not operate dueto a different format or thecondition of the file.

Viewing a Picture

1. Connect the USB storagedevice containing the picturefiles to the USB port.

2. Press {, thenT.

3. Touch Gallery, then select thedesired picture folder.

4. Select the desired file.

. Touch the screen to hide thecontrol bar. Touch the screenagain to show the control bar.

. Some features are disabledwhile the vehicle is in motion.

Viewing a Slide Show

. Touchz from the picture screenand the slide show will play.

. Touch the screen to cancel theslide show during slide showplayback.



Viewing a Previous or NextPicture

From the picture screen, touch S orT to view the previous or nextpicture.

Rotating a Picture

From the picture screen, touch w torotate the picture.

Enlarging a Picture

From the picture screen, touch T toenlarge the picture.

Using the USB Picture Menu

1. From the picture screen,touch Menu.

2. Touch the desired menu.

. Slide Show Time: Selectthe slide show interval.

. Clock/Temp Display: Todisplay the clock andtemperature on the fullscreen, select On or Off.

. Display Settings: Adjust thebrightness and contrast.

3. After the setting is complete,touch0.

Auxiliary DevicesThe AUX port is in the centerconsole. The infotainment systemcan play auxiliary music connectedby the auxiliary device.

Playing Music from anAuxiliary Device

Connect the auxiliary devicecontaining the music source to theAUX port. Once connected with theinfotainment system, music can beplayed from the device.

. If the auxiliary device is alreadyconnected, touchT, Audio,Source, then AUX to play musicfrom the auxiliary device.

. Use an AUX cable with a3.5 mm (1/8 in) type connector.

Tone Settings

From the AUX screen, touch Tone.See “Tone Settings” under “AM-FMRadio” previously in this section.

Bluetooth Audio

Bluetooth Music

If equipped, music may be playedfrom a paired Bluetooth device.Refer to the Phone section for helppairing a device.

Before Playing Bluetooth Music

. The paired bluetooth devicemust support Bluetooth profiles:A2DP or AVRCP.

. Bluetooth music may not besupported depending on themobile phone or Bluetoothdevice.

. From the mobile phone orBluetooth device, find theBluetooth device type to set/connect the item.

. A ♪ will appear on the screen toindicate a successful AudioBluetooth connection.

. The sound played by theBluetooth device is deliveredthrough the infotainment system.


Infotainment System 173. Bluetooth music can be played

only when a Bluetooth devicehas been connected. To playBluetooth music, connect theBluetooth phone to theinfotainment system.

. If the Bluetooth device isdisconnected while playingmusic, the music isdiscontinued. The audiostreaming function may not besupported in some Bluetoothphones. Only one function canbe used at a time between theBluetooth hands-free phonefunction or the Phone musicfunction. For example,if switching to Bluetoothhands-free phone mode whileplaying Phone music, the musicstreaming function will bediscontinued.

. For Bluetooth music to play, themusic must be played at leastonce from the music playermode of the mobile phone orBluetooth device afterconnecting as a stereo headset.After being played at least once,

the music player will beautomatically played uponentering play mode, and it will beautomatically stopped when themusic player mode ends. If themobile phone or Bluetoothdevice is not in the waitingscreen mode, some devices maynot automatically play inBluetooth music play mode.

Playing Bluetooth Music

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Audio, then Source onthe screen.

3. Touch Bluetooth to select theconnected Bluetooth devicemusic play mode.

PauseTouch j during playback.

Touch r again to resumeplayback.

Playing the Next MusicTouchd to play the next music.

Playing the Previous MusicTouchg within two seconds ofplayback time to play theprevious music.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent Music

Touchg after two seconds ofplayback time.

Scanning Forward or BackwardHoldg ord during playbackto rewind or fast forward.Releaseg ord to resumeplayback at normal speed.



Playing Files Repeatedly

1. Touch" during playback.

2. Touch the desired option.

. Repeat All: Plays all filesrepeatedly.

. Repeat Song: Plays acurrent file repeatedly.


174 Infotainment System. Repeat Off: Cancels repeat

function.

General Operation of theBluetooth Music Menu

1. Touch Menu on the Bluetoothmusic screen.


3. Touch q Now Playing to returnto the previous menu.

Browse Music

This function may not be supporteddepending on the mobile phone.

1. From the Bluetooth musicmenu, touch Browse Music.

2. Touch the desired item. Thenumber of relevant songs isdisplayed.

3. Touch the desired music tolisten.

Tone Settings

From the Bluetooth music menu,sound features can be set up. See“Tone Settings” under “AM-FMRadio” previously in this section.

Auto Volume

Volume will be automaticallycontrolled. See “Auto Volume” under“AM-FM Radio” previously in thissection.

Manage Bluetooth Devices

1. From the Bluetooth musicmenu, touch Audio Settings.

2. Touch Manage BluetoothDevices.

3. Select the desired device andthen connect/disconnect ordelete.

Playing Bluetooth Music

. Do not change the track tooquickly when playing Bluetoothmusic.

. It takes some time to transmitdata from the mobile phone orBluetooth device to the

infotainment system. Theinfotainment system outputs theaudio from the mobile phone orBluetooth device as it istransmitted.

. If the mobile phone or Bluetoothdevice is not in the idle screenmode, it may not automaticallyplay despite being carried outfrom the Bluetooth musicplay mode.

. The infotainment systemtransmits the order to play fromthe mobile phone in theBluetooth music play mode.If this is done in a differentmode, then the device transmitsthe order to stop. Depending onthe mobile phone’s options, thisorder to play/stop may take timeto activate.

. If Bluetooth music playback isnot functioning, then check tosee if the mobile phone is in theidle screen mode.

. Sometimes, sounds may be cutoff during Bluetooth musicplayback.



OnStar SystemOnStar with 4G LTE

If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, upto seven devices, such assmartphones, tablets, and laptops,can be connected to high-speedInternet through the vehicle’s built-inWi-Fi hotspot.

Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to connect to anOnStar Advisor for assistance. Seewww.onstar.com for a detailedinstruction guide, vehicle availability,details, and system limitations.Services and apps vary by make,model, year, carrier, availability, andconditions. 4G LTE service isavailable in select markets. 4G LTEperformance is based on industryaverages and vehicle systemsdesign. Some services require adata plan.

Phone

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Wireless Technology

Bluetooth wireless technologyestablishes a wireless link betweentwo devices supported withBluetooth. After the initial pairing,the two devices can connectautomatically when turned on.Bluetooth allows wirelesstransmission of information amongBluetooth phones, PDAs, or otherdevices within close range by using2.45 GHz frequency short-distancewireless telecommunicationtechnologies. Within this vehicle,users can make hands-free calls,transmit hands-free data, and playaudio streaming files by connectinga mobile phone with the system.

. There may be restrictions onusing Bluetooth wirelesstechnology in some locations.


176 Infotainment System. Due to the variety of Bluetooth

devices and their firmwareversions, the device mayrespond differently whenperforming over Bluetooth.

. See the device’s user guide forquestions about Bluetoothfunctionality.

. Multi-pairing is not supported.

Pairing and ConnectingBluetooth

To use the Bluetooth feature, makesure the Bluetooth on the device isturned on and the device is indiscoverable mode. See theBluetooth device’s user guide.

When There Is no Paired Deviceon the Infotainment System

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Phone, then AddDevice.

3. From the device’s Bluetoothsettings list, select ChevroletMyLink.

4. Touch Code Matches.

5. Verify phone matches.

When the Bluetooth device andinfotainment system aresuccessfully paired, the Phonescreen appears on the infotainmentdisplay.

When the connection fails, a failuremessage appears on theinfotainment display.

When There Is a Paired Device onthe Infotainment System

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then Deviceson the display.

3. Touch the device to pair fromthe list, and then follow Step 5.

To add a device not in the list,touch Add Device.

4. From the device’s Bluetoothsettings list, select ChevroletMyLink.

5. When the Bluetooth device andthe infotainment system aresuccessfully paired, e / 5 isdisplayed.

‐ The connected mobile phoneis highlighted by a 5 mark.

‐ The e / 5 mark indicates thehands-free and mobile phonemusic function are enabled.

‐ The 5 mark indicates onlyHands-Free function isenabled.

‐ The e mark indicates onlyBluetooth music is enabled.

. When the Bluetooth device andthe infotainment system aresuccessfully paired, the contactlist downloads automatically,depending on the type of mobilephone. If the contact list doesnot download automatically,proceed with the download onthe mobile phone. Alwaysaccept the contact list requeston the initial pairing of themobile phone.

. The infotainment system canregister up to 10 Bluetoothdevices.


Infotainment System 177. When the connection fails, the

failure message displays on theinfotainment system.

. If the contact list has more than5,000 contacts, the infotainmentsystem may not properly list theremaining entries.

. Depending on the number ofcontact entries, pairing timemay vary.

Checking the ConnectedBluetooth Device

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then Devices.

3. The connected device will bedisplayed on the top of the list.

Disconnecting the BluetoothDevice

1. TouchT.


3. Touch the name of the deviceto disconnect.

4. Touch Disconnect Device.

Connecting the BluetoothDevice

1. TouchT.


3. Touch the device to connect.

Deleting the Bluetooth Device

1. TouchT.


3. Touch Delete next to the deviceto delete.

4. Touch Delete.

Apple CarPlay andAndroid AutoIf equipped, Android Auto and/orApple CarPlay capability may beavailable through a compatiblesmartphone. If available, Projectionwill appear on the Home Page ofthe infotainment display.

To use Android Auto or AppleCarPlay:

1. Download the Android Autoapp to your phone from theGoogle Play store. No app isrequired for Apple CarPlay.

2. Connect an Android phone oriPhone by using the compatiblephone USB cable and plugginginto a USB data port. For bestperformance, use the device’sfactory-provided USB cable.Aftermarket or third-partycables may not work.

3. When the phone is firstconnected to activate AppleCarPlay or Android Auto, themessage “Device ProjectionPrivacy Consent” will appear.

. Select Continue to launchApple CarPlay orAndroid Auto.

. Select Disable to removeApple CarPlay and AndroidAuto capability from thevehicle Settings menu.Other functions maystill work.



Projection on the Home Page willchange to Android Auto or AppleCarPlay depending on the phone.Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlaymay automatically launch upon USBconnection. If not, touch the AndroidAuto and/or Apple CarPlay icon onthe Home Page to launch.

Press { on the center stack toreturn to the Home Page.

For further information on how to setup Android Auto and Apple CarPlayin the vehicle, seewww.my.chevrolet.com or seeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 334.

Android Auto is provided by Googleand is subject to Google’s termsand privacy policy. Apple CarPlay isprovided by Apple and is subject toApple’s terms and privacy policy.Data plan rates apply. For AndroidAuto support see https://support.google.com/androidauto.For Apple CarPlay support seewww.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Appleor Google may change or suspendavailability at any time. AndroidAuto, Android, Google, Google Play,

and other marks are trademarks ofGoogle Inc.; Apple CarPlay is atrademark of Apple Inc.

Hands-Free Phone

Making a Call by Entering thePhone Number

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Phone.

3. Enter the phone number usingthe keypad on the Phonescreen.

4. Touch 5 on the display to callthe phone number.

If the wrong number is entered,touch z to delete the enterednumber one digit at a time. Or touchand hold z to delete all enterednumbers.

Switching a Call to the MobilePhone (Private Mode)

1. To switch the call to the mobilephone instead of the Bluetoothhands-free, touch0.

2. To switch the call back to theBluetooth hands-free, touch0again.

Switching the MicrophoneOn/Off

Switch the microphone on/off bytouching3.

Calling by Re-Dial

Touch 5 on the display.

Taking Calls

1. When a phone call comesthrough the Bluetoothconnected mobile phone, theplaying track will be cut off andthe phone will ring with therelevant information displayed.

2. To talk on the phone, press gon the steering wheel control ortouch 5 on the display.

To reject the call, pressc onthe steering wheel control ortouchK on the display.



Using the Contacts Menu

1. Touch the contacts menu onthe Phone screen.

2. Select the contact entry to call.

. To call another phonenumber in the samecontacts, touch More in theContacts screen and touchthe desired phone number.

. In the Contacts screen,touch q to add the contact

to favorites. Touch q againto remove the contact fromfavorites.

Making a Call from Favorites

1. Touch the favorites menu onthe Phone screen.

2. Select the contact to call.

The Favorites list is notsynchronized with the mobile phoneand is stored separately.

Making a Call from Call History

1. TouchW RECENT on thePhone screen.

2. Select the contact to call.

. 9: Incoming call

. 2: Outgoing call

. 4: Missed call

Making a Call with Speed DialNumbers

Touch and hold a speed dial numberusing the keypad on the Phonescreen.

Only speed dial numbers alreadystored on the mobile phone can beused for speed dial calls. Up totwo-digit speed dial numbers aresupported.

For two-digit speed dial numbers,touch and hold the second digit tomake a call to the speed dialnumber.

Voice Mail

The default voice mail number is thephone number of the currentlyconnected mobile phone. The voicemail number can be changed inBluetooth settings.

To dial a voice mail number:

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Phone, then Voice Mail.



SettingsOperation of the Settings Menu

The infotainment system can becustomized to make it easier to use.

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings.


4. Touch0 to return to theprevious menu.

Settings menus and functions mayvary depending on vehicle options.

Radio Settings

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then touchRadio Settings.

. Auto Volume: Volume willbe automatically controlled.See “Auto Volume” under“AM-FM Radio” previouslyin this section.

. Maximum Start-up volume:Set the Maximum start-upvolume from 13 to 37.

. Audio Cues: Set the AudioCues feature to On or Off.

. Audio Cues Volume: Setthe Audio Cues Volumefrom 10 to 63.

Audio Cues Volume is only availablewhen Audio Cues is set to On.

Devices

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then touchDevices.

3. Select the desired device andconnect/disconnect or delete.

To add a new Bluetooth device,touch Add Device.

Bluetooth Phone

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then BluetoothPhone and touch Y to scroll tothe desired mobile phone. Thisis only available when thedevice is connected.

. My Number: Displays thecurrent connected phonenumber.

. Privacy: Set whether or notincoming call alerts areshown on the infotainmentdisplay.

. Sort Contacts: Set to Firstname, surname orSurname, first name.

. Resync Device Contacts:Resync the contacts list forthe current connectedmobile phone.

Apple CarPlay

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings and find AppleCarPlay.

3. Select On or Off.



Android Auto

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings and findAndroid Auto.

3. Select On or Off.

Even if Projection is set to Off,connecting the device and touchingProjection on the Home Page willdisplay a pop-up message:

. For Apple CarPlay function:“While active, Apple CarPlay willbe displayed on this screen.”

. For Android Auto function:“While active, Android Auto willbe displayed on this screen.”

When the device is first connected,the device projection privacyconsent pop-up message will bedisplayed.

. Touch Continue to activate theprojection feature.

. Touch Disable and the device ischarging only.

If Android Auto is not activated,make sure the mobile phone’s USBconnection mode is set to MTP.

If the device has not previouslybeen paired, the consent pop-up willdisplay when touching continue.

Teen DriverIf equipped, this allows multiplekeys to be registered for beginnerdrivers, to encourage safe drivinghabits. When the vehicle is startedwith a Teen Driver key, it willautomatically activate certain safetysystems, allow setting of somefeatures, and limit the use of others.The Report Card will record vehicledata about driving behavior that canbe viewed later. When the vehicle isstarted with a registered key, theDriver Information Center (DIC)displays a message that Teen Driveris active.

To access:

1. Touch Settings on the HomePage, then touch Teen Driver.

2. Create a Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN) by choosing afour-digit PIN. Re-enter the PINto confirm. To change the PIN,select Change PIN.

The PIN is required to:

. Register or unregister keys.

. Change Teen Driver settings.

. Change or clear the TeenDriver PIN.

. Access or delete ReportCard data.

Register keys to activate:

Any vehicle key can be registered,up to a maximum of eight keys.Label the key to tell it apart from theother keys.

1. Start the vehicle.

2. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

3. From the Settings menu, selectTeen Driver.

4. Enter the PIN.



5. Place the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter key inthe transmitter pocket. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 33 for thetransmitter pocket location.

6. From the Teen Driver Menu,select Key Registration.

. If the transmitter key is inthe transmitter pocket, it willidentify whether thetransmitter key is registeredor unregistered.

. If the transmitter key is notregistered, the option toregister displays. SelectRegister and a confirmationmessage displays.

. If the transmitter key isalready registered, theoption to unregisterdisplays. If Unregister isselected, the transmitterkey is no longer registeredand a confirmationmessage displays.

If a Teen Driver transmitter key anda non-Teen Driver transmitter keyare both present at start up, thevehicle will recognize the non-TeenDriver transmitter key to start thevehicle. The Teen Driver settingswill not be active.

Manage Settings

Use the PIN to change the followingsettings:

Audio Volume Limit : Allows amaximum radio volume to be set.Turn the audio volume limit On orOff, and if equipped, choose themaximum level for the audiovolume.

Teen Driver Speed Warning :Allows for setting a visual andaudible warning when a certainspeed is exceeded. The speedwarning is selectable from 64 km/h(40 mph) to 121 km/h (75 mph). Thespeed warning does not limit thespeed of the vehicle.

Teen Driver Speed Limiter (IfEquipped) : Allows the maximumspeed of the vehicle to be limited to137 km/h (85 mph). When the speed

limiter is turned On and the vehicleis started with a Teen Driver key, theDIC displays a message that the topspeed is limited to 137 km/h(85 mph).

When Teen Driver is Active:

. The radio will mute when thedriver seat belt is not fastened,and in some vehicles, when theright front passenger seat belt isnot fastened. The audio fromany device paired to the vehiclewill also be muted.

. Certain electronic devicesplaced on the front passengerseat could cause the passengersensing system to falsely sensean unbuckled front passengerand mute the radio. SeePassenger Sensing System0 77.

. Some safety systems, such asForward Automatic Braking,if equipped and supported,cannot be turned off.

. The gap setting for the ForwardCollision Alert, if equipped,cannot be changed.



Report Card

The vehicle owner must secure thedriver’s consent to record certainvehicle data when the vehicle isdriven with a registered Teen Driverkey. There is one Report Card pervehicle. Data is not recorded whenTeen Driver is not active.

The Report Card data is collectedfrom the time Teen Driver isactivated or the last time the ReportCard was reset. The following itemsmay be recorded:

. Distance Driven – the totaldistance driven.

. Maximum Speed – the maximumvehicle speed recorded.

. Overspeed Warnings – thenumber of times the speedwarning setting was exceeded.

. Forward Collision Alerts – thenumber of times the driver wasnotified when approaching avehicle ahead too quickly and atpotential risk for a crash.

. Forward Collision AvoidanceBraking – the number of timesthe vehicle detected that aforward collision was imminentand applied the brakes. Alsoreferred to as Forward AutomaticBraking.

. Stability Control – the number ofevents which required the use ofelectronic stability control.

. ABS Active – the number ofAntilock Brake Systemactivations.

. Tailgating Alerts – the number oftimes the driver was alerted forfollowing the vehicle ahead tooclosely.

. Traction Control – the number oftimes the Traction ControlSystem activated to reducewheel spin or loss of traction.

. Wide Open Throttle – thenumber of times the acceleratorpedal was pressed nearly all theway down.

Delete Report Card Data

Data is saved for all trips until thedata is deleted using the PIN or untilthe maximum count is exceeded.Each item will report a maximum of1,000 counts. The distance drivenwill report a maximum of 64,374 km(40,000 mi).

To delete Report Card data, do oneof the following:

. From the Report Card display,select Reset.

. Select Clear All Teen Keys/PINfrom the Teen Driver menu. Thiswill also unregister any TeenDriver keys and delete the PIN.

Forgotten PIN

See your dealer to reset the PIN.



Trademarks andLicense AgreementsFCC Information


Bluetooth®

The Bluetooth word mark and logosare owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,Inc. and any use of such marks byGeneral Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

“Made for iPod” and “Made foriPhone” mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed toconnect specifically to iPod oriPhone and has been certified bythe developer to meet Appleperformance standards.

iPod and iPhone are trademarks ofApple Computer, Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,taxes, one time activation fee, andother fees may apply. Subscriptionfee is consumer only. All fees andprogramming subject to change.Subscriptions subject to CustomerAgreement available atwww.siriusxm.com orwww.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM® serviceonly available in the 48 contiguousUnited States and Canada.

In Canada: Some deterioration ofservice may occur in extremenorthern latitudes. This is beyondthe control of SiriusXM® SatelliteRadio.

It is prohibited to copy, decompile,disassemble, reverse engineer,hack, manipulate, or otherwisemake available any technology orsoftware incorporated in receiverscompatible with the SiriusXMSatellite Radio System or thatsupport the SiriusXM website, theOnline Service or any of its content.Furthermore, the AMBER voicecompression software included inthis product is protected byintellectual property rights includingpatent rights, copyrights, and tradesecrets of Digital VoiceSystems, Inc.

General Requirements:

1. A License Agreement fromSiriusXM is required for anyproduct that incorporatesSiriusXM Technology and/or foruse of any of the SiriusXMmarks to be manufactured,distributed, or marketed in theSiriusXM Service Area.



2. For products to be distributed,marketed, and/or sold inCanada, a separate agreementis required with CanadianSatellite Radio Inc. (operatingas SiriusXM Canada).

FreeType 2

Portions of this software arecopyright

®2007-2012 The

FreeType Project(www.freetype.org). All rightsreserved.

Libjpeg

The navigation software is based inpart on the work of the independentJPEG Group.


186 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Air Conditioning RegularOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Climate ControlSystems

Automatic ClimateControl SystemThe climate control buttons on thecenter stack and on the climatecontrol display are used to adjustthe heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Center Stack Climate Controls

1. Defrost/Defog

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls

3. Max Defrost

4. Manual Fan Control Buttons

5. Temperature Control Knob

6. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

7. Rear Window Defogger


1. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

2. Climate On-Off

3. Recirculation

4. Heat & A/C (Air Conditioning)Power

5. Fan Speed and TemperatureStatus


Climate Controls 187


The heated seats, if equipped,climate on/off, recirculation, heat,and air conditioning can becontrolled by touching ClimateSettings on the infotainmentHome Page.

A selection can then be made onthe climate settings page.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, electric heating, andrecirculation to heat or cool thevehicle to the selected temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all five functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and theselected setting is displayed or theindicator is lit. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. An initialsetting of 22 °C (72 °F) isrecommended. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed.

Manual Operation

ON : Touch to turn the climatecontrol system on and off.

The climate control system will turnon when any climate control buttonis pressed on the center stack ortouched on the climate controldisplay. To turn the system off,touch ON again.

D or C : Press the buttons toincrease or decrease the fan speed.The fan speed setting appears onthe climate control display. Manuallyadjusting the fan speed cancelsautomatic fan control. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation.Touch ON to turn off the fan and theclimate control system.

Temperature Control : Turn theknob clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease thetemperature setting.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Pressc,d, or0 on the center stackto change the direction of airflow.Any combination of the threebuttons can be selected. Theselected air delivery mode buttonindicator is lit.

Pressing any button cancelsautomatic air delivery control andthe direction of the airflow can becontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

0 : Air is directed to thewindshield.

d : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

c : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed. Fog or frost is clearedfrom the windshield more quickly.When the button is pressed again,the system returns to the previousmode setting.



For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

L : Touch to turn onrecirculation.

An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors. Usingthe recirculation mode for extendedperiods may cause the windows tofog. If this happens, select thedefrost mode.

Using air conditioning andrecirculation together for longperiods of time may cause the airinside the vehicle to become toodry. To prevent this from happening,after the air in the vehicle hascooled, turn the recirculationmode off.

Touching this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

v HEAT & A/C : Touch to turn theair conditioning and heater on whenthe fan is on.

Auto Defog : The system willmonitor high humidity inside thevehicle. When high humidity isdetected, the climate control systemmay adjust to outside air supply andturn on the air conditioner or theheater. The fan speed may slightlyincrease to help prevent fogging.When high humidity is no longerdetected, the system will return toits prior operation. To turn AutoDefog off or on, see “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Auto Heated Seats : If equipped,when the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature. Inauto mode, the indicatorsautomatically show the level settingrequired.

Use the manual heated seat buttonson the infotainment display to turnauto heated seats off. Once this

feature is turned off, the auto heatedseats will be activated the next timethe vehicle is turned on.

In manual mode, the controls canbe accessed while the vehicle is onby touching ( or M with three levelindicators high, medium, low or offon the climate control display. If thepassenger seat is unoccupied, theauto heated seats feature will notactivate that seat.See Heated Front Seats 0 60 andVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when thevehicle is on. The defogger will turnoff if the vehicle is turned off.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Remote Start : The climate controlsystem may be started by using theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. The climate controlsystem will default to an appropriateheating or cooling mode. SeeRemote Start 0 39.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Mobile Application Feature

If equipped, this feature allows asmartphone to set the start-upclimate control settings. Thefollowing features can be set:

. Temperature

. Fan Speed

. Air Delivery Mode

. Climate Mode

. Recirculation

Once the settings are saved throughthe application, the vehicle will usethese settings when turned on. Afterthe vehicle is turned on, use theclimate controls if additionaladjustments are desired.

Sensors

Indicator Light and SolarSensor (ILSS)

The ILSS is on top of the instrumentpanel, near the windshield, where itmonitors solar intensity.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Humidity Sensor

The humidity sensor is near thebase of the inside rearview mirror.The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature and recirculation forbest comfort.

Outside Air Temperature Sensor

The outside air temperature sensoris behind the front grille of thevehicle. The vehicle uses the sensorinformation to display outside airtemperature. The climate controlsystem uses the information toadjust the climate system operation.



Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

Move the slats to change thedirection of the airflow. The centerair vent does not close completely.

Move the slats to change thedirection of the airflow.

Additional air vents are locatedbeneath the windshield and thedriver and passenger side doorwindows, and in the footwells.These are fixed and cannot beadjusted.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.



Maintenance

Air Intake

The air intake at the base of thewindshield under the hood must bekept clear to allow the flow of airinto the vehicle. Clear away any ice,snow, or leaves.

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces the dust, pollen,and other airborne irritants fromoutside air that is pulled into thevehicle.

Replace the filter as part of routinescheduled maintenance.

1. Open the glove box.

2. Pull the damper and push theside wall to unlock the stopper.

3. Lower the glove boxcompletely.

4. Hold the right side of the filtercover, and then pull andremove it.

5. Install the new air filter.

6. Reinstall the filter cover.

7. Reconnect the glove boxdamper.

8. Reinstall the glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.



Air Conditioning RegularOperationTo ensure continuous efficientperformance, operate the airconditioning for a few minutes oncea month. The air conditioning willnot operate if the outsidetemperature is too low.

Caution

Damage caused by improperrefrigerant usage could lead tocostly repairs and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Refrigerant systems should onlybe serviced by qualifiedpersonnel. Always use the correctrefrigerant.

{ Warning

Performing service work to theclimate control system couldcause personal injury or damage

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

to the vehicle. Climate controlsystems are serviced by qualifiedpersonnel only.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 193

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 195Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 196Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 197Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 198Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 199Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 203Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 207Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Electric Vehicle OperatingModesDriver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 213Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 215Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 215

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 221Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 222

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 231Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 233

ChargingWhen to Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Delayed Charging Override . . . 239Charging Status Feedback . . . 240Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252


194 Driving and Operating

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a mobile phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on mobile phones orother electronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a mobilephone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the Infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem, including pairing and usinga mobile phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.



Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.


196 Driving and Operating. Wait until the vehicle is out of

the curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.



If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.



Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain.

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andelectric drive unit.

. Keep the vehicle in gear whengoing down steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the vehicle turned off isdangerous. The brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing downthe vehicle and could become toohot. Hot brakes may not be ableto slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. Youcould crash. Always have thevehicle running and in gear whengoing downhill. This will allow theelectric drive unit to assist inslowing and maintaining speed.

. Drive at speeds to keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills.Something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Recommend using D (Drive) inslippery conditions.

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on the Traction ControlSystem (TCS).


Driving and Operating 199. The Antilock Brake System

(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 31. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

To save energy, run the vehicle foronly short periods as needed towarm the vehicle and then shut thevehicle off and partially close thewindow. Moving about to keep warmalso helps.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS)must be turned off by pressing theTCS/ESC button. Traction control isnot completely off, but will onlyengage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anunderhood compartment fire or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

other damage. Spin the wheels aslittle as possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off TCS. Shiftback and forth between R (Reverse)and a low forward gear, spinning thewheels as little as possible. Toprevent electric drive unit wear, waituntil the wheels stop spinningbefore shifting gears. Release theaccelerator pedal while shifting, andpress lightly on the acceleratorpedal when the electric drive unit isin gear. Slowly spinning the wheelsin the forward and reversedirections causes a rocking motionthat could free the vehicle. If thatdoes not get the vehicle out after afew tries, it might need to be towedout. See Towing the Vehicle 0 307.



Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire and

Loading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 278 and TirePressure 0 284.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.



“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggage

load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).



Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.



{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

Avoid making hard stops for thefirst 322 km (200 mi). During thistime the new brake linings are notyet broken in. Hard stops withnew linings can mean prematurewear and earlier replacement.Follow this breaking-in guidelineevery time you get new brakelinings. Following break-in,vehicle speed and load can begradually increased.



Power Button

The vehicle has an electronicpushbutton start.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If the vehiclewill not start, place the RKEtransmitter in the transmitter pocket,inside the center console.

ON/RUN : This position is forstarting and driving. With the vehicleoff, and the brake pedal applied,pressing POWERO once will placethe vehicle in ON/RUN. When thevehicle ready light is on in the

instrument cluster, the vehicle isready to be driven. This could takeup to 15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of theservice vehicle soon light as may berequired for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding POWERO formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do in ON/RUN, butthe vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The propulsion system willnot start in Service Mode. PressPOWERO again to turn thevehicle off.

Caution

Placing the vehicle in ServiceMode will use the 12-volt battery.Do not use Service Mode for anextended period, or the vehiclemay not start.

STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF :To turn the vehicle off, apply thebrakes, press the button on top ofthe shift lever to shift to P (Park) andpress POWERO.Alternatively, apply the brakes andpress POWERO. The electric driveunit will shift to P (Park) then shutoff automatically.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)will remain active until the driverdoor is opened.



If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the vehicleoff by pressing POWERO.

4. Set the parking brake.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thepropulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold POWERO forlonger than two seconds, or presstwice in five seconds.

Starting and Stopping theVehicle

Starting Procedure

Press the P (Park) button on theshift lever, or move the shift leverinto N (Neutral). The propulsionsystem will not start in any otherposition.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving or the electricdrive unit could be damaged.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the vehicle operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle.Press the brake pedal, then pressand release POWERO.If the RKE transmitter is not in thevehicle or something is interferingwith the transmitter, a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the vehicle will not start due to alow RKE transmitter battery, thevehicle can still be driven. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 33.



A vehicle ready light displays in thelower right corner of the instrumentcluster when the vehicle is ready tobe driven.

The instrument cluster also displaysan active battery gauge when thevehicle is ready to be driven.

Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restartedwhile it is still moving, move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) and pressPOWERO twice without pressingthe brake pedal. The propulsionsystem will not restart in any otherposition.

A chime will sound if the driver dooris opened while the vehicle is on.Always press POWERO to turn thevehicle off before exiting.

Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn thevehicle off, see Power Button 0 204.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)The following features will operatefor up to 10 minutes or until thedriver door is opened:

. Audio System

. Accessory Power Outlets

. Power Windows

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 213.

2. Press the button on top of theshift lever to shift into P (Park).See Electric Drive Unit 0 208.

3. The P indicator on the shiftlever will turn red when thevehicle is in P (Park).


Leaving the Vehicle with thePropulsion System On

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the P (Park) button isnot pressed with the parkingbrake set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andpress the P (Park) button.

If the vehicle must be left with thepropulsion system on, be sure thatthe vehicle is in P (Park) with theparking brake set, before leavingthe vehicle. After pressing theP (Park) button, hold down theregular brake pedal. If you cannot



see the P (Park) indicator ininstrument cluster, it means that thevehicle has not shifted to P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be on, the brake pedal mustbe applied, and the charge cordmust be unplugged.

This vehicle is equipped with anelectric drive unit. The shift lockrelease button is designed toprevent inadvertent shifting out ofP (Park) unless the ignition is on,the brake pedal is applied, and theshift lock release button is pressed.

Parking the vehicle in extreme coldfor several days without the chargecord connected may cause thevehicle not to start. The vehicle willneed to be plugged in to allow thehigh voltage battery to be warmedsufficiently.

The shift lock is always functionalexcept in the case of an unchargedor low charged 12-volt battery (lessthan 9 volts).

If the vehicle has an uncharged12-volt battery or a 12-volt batterywith low voltage, try charging orjump starting the 12-volt battery.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press POWERO to start thevehicle.

3. Verify that the vehicle isunplugged and the vehicleready light is on.

4. Press the shift lock releasebutton on the side of the shiftlever.

5. Move the shift lever into thedesired position.

6. The P indicator will turn whiteand the gear indicator on theshift lever will turn red whenthe vehicle is no longer inP (Park).

7. After releasing the shift lever, itwill return to the centerposition.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move. See ShiftingInto Park 0 206.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter outside thevehicle, it will turn off after one hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will turn off aftertwo hours.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Electric VehicleOperating Modes

Driver Selected OperatingModes

Sport Mode

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode, but can reduceefficiency. When the SPORTindicator is not on, the vehicle is inNormal Mode.

Press SPORT to select Sport Mode.

Press SPORT again to return toNormal Mode.

An indicator will display in theinstrument cluster.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Sport Mode may be unavailable ifthe battery charge is too low.

Electric Drive Unit

The vehicle uses an electric driveunit. The shift lever always startsfrom a center position. An amberdot is displayed on the shift pattern.After releasing the shift lever, it willreturn to the center position.

P : This position locks the frontwheels. It is the best position to usewhen starting the propulsion systembecause the vehicle cannot moveeasily.



{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the P (Park) button isnot pressed with the parkingbrake set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andpress the P (Park) button.

The shift lock release button isdesigned to prevent inadvertentshifting out of P (Park) unless thevehicle has been started, the brakepedal is applied, and the shift lockrelease button is pressed.

When the vehicle is stopped, applythe brakes and press the button ontop of the shift lever to shift toP (Park).

The vehicle will not shift intoP (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stopthe vehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park and Shifting outof Park.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted from eitherR (Reverse) to D (Drive),or D (Drive) to R (Reverse) while thespeed is too high, the vehicle willshift to N (Neutral). Reduce thevehicle speed and try the shiftagain.

To shift into R (Reverse):

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

2. Press the shift lock releasebutton on the side of the shiftlever.

3. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward, andthen to the left. R is illuminatedin red.


To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.




At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging theelectric drive unit.

N : In this position, the propulsionsystem does not connect with thewheels. To restart the propulsionsystem when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

The vehicle is not designed tostay in N (Neutral) for extendedperiods of time. It willautomatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral):

1. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward. If thevehicle is in P (Park), apply thebrake pedal and press the shiftlock release button while

moving the shift lever forward.The shift lever indicator isilluminated in red.


To shift out of N (Neutral):




Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car WashMode that allows the vehicle toremain in N (Neutral) for use inautomatic car washes.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOff) - Driver In Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle off and occupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of thecar wash.


3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the vehicle and releasethe brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, repeatsteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle is now ready forthe car wash.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOff) - Driver Out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle off and unoccupied:



3. Open the door.


5. Turn off the vehicle and releasethe brake pedal.


7. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.



8. The vehicle may haveautomatically shifted toP (Park) upon reentry.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOn) - Driver In Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle on and occupied:




4. Release the brake pedal.

5. The vehicle is now ready forthe car wash.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOn) - Driver Out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle on and unoccupied:



3. Open the door.

4. Shift to N (Neutral).Thenrelease the brake pedal.


6. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

7. The vehicle may haveautomatically shifted toP (Park) upon reentry.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

To shift into D (Drive):


2. From the center position, movethe shift lever back. If thevehicle is in P (Park) press theshift lock release button on theside of the shift lever, whilemoving the shift lever back. Dis illuminated in red.


To shift out of D (Drive):




Caution

Spinning the tires excessivelymay damage the electric driveunit. The repair will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are stuck, do not spin thetires.

When stopping on a steep hill, usethe brakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

When shifting to P (Park) on a hill,use the brakes to hold the vehiclethen shift to P (Park).



L : This position reduces vehiclespeed without using the brakes. UseL (Low) on very steep hills, in deepsnow, in mud, or in stop-and-gotraffic.

One-Pedal Driving

With One-Pedal Driving, theaccelerator pedal can be used tocontrol the deceleration of thevehicle down to a complete stop.

Completely lifting off the acceleratorpedal will result in aggressivedeceleration. Slowly lifting off theaccelerator pedal will allow thedeceleration of the vehicle to beadjusted as desired.

To use One-Pedal Driving, place thevehicle in L (Low). Press theaccelerator pedal to the desiredspeed. The deceleration provided byOne-Pedal Driving provides fullregenerative braking and helpsincrease energy efficiency. Thebrake lamps may come on when theaccelerator pedal is released orduring substantial deceleration fromregenerative braking.

While driving on grades, One-PedalDriving may not be able to bring thevehicle to a complete stop or holdthe vehicle at a stop.

If the vehicle cannot maintain thegrade while using One-PedalDriving, the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) may apply to hold thevehicle stationary. To drive again,press the accelerator pedal, and theEPB will automatically disengage.

One-Pedal Driving may becomedisabled and the vehicle maycontinue to creep forward, or ifstopped, may apply the EPB or shiftto P (Park). This can be caused bythe following:

. The driver door is open.

. The driver seat belt isunbuckled.

. The vehicle has remainedstationary for five minutes.

. There is a problem with thepropulsion system.

Additional deceleration can beachieved by using the Regen onDemand paddle. See RegenerativeBraking 0 215.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When propulsion is active and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 127.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the vehicleis off.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light.

There are also parking brake-relatedDriver Information Center (DIC)messages.

In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be appliedor released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Pull the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the red

parking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light is stillon, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This is

normal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Press POWERO to start thevehicle.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press momentarily on the EPBswitch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypressing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.



Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system under

conditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)The Hill Start Assist (HSA) featurewill activate when the vehicle isstopped on a moderate to steepgrade to help prevent it from rollingin an unintended direction. After thebrake pedal has been released andbefore the accelerator pedal hasbeen pressed, HSA uses braking

pressure to hold the vehiclestationary. If HSA is holding thevehicle, a DIC message displays.

HSA will not activate in a forwarddrive gear when facing downhill,or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill.

Regenerative BrakingSome braking energy from themoving vehicle is turned back intoelectrical energy. This energy isthen stored back into the highvoltage battery system, increasingenergy efficiency.



Regen on Demand

Regen on Demand allows increaseddeceleration by pressing andholding the steering wheel paddle.It works in D (Drive) and L (Low).The accelerator pedal can be usedto manage deceleration while usingRegen on Demand.

Cruise control will turn off and thebrake lamps may come on whenthis feature is activated.

If the vehicle is in D (Drive) and isbrought to a complete stop while theRegen on Demand paddle is held,the vehicle will not creep forward

when the paddle is released. Theaccelerator pedal must be pressedto move the vehicle forward. See“One-Pedal Driving” under ElectricDrive Unit 0 208.

If the vehicle is on a steep grade,the brake pedal must be used tohold the vehicle.

Regenerative power may be limitedwhen the battery is near full chargeor cold. The regen battery icon willappear gray when limited. TheRegen power limit is also displayedas a horizontal bar on the powerindicator gauge.

Hill Top Reserve

Hill Top Reserve enablesregenerative braking efficiency to bemaximized when driving from ahigher elevation immediately aftercharging. When turned on, thisfeature will stop the charge beforethe battery is full, allowing space forenergy from regenerative braking.

This feature also integrates with theLocation Based Charging feature,allowing the system to beconfigured so it is enabled when at

home (On - Home Only) oraway (On - Away Only). See“Location Based Charging” underProgrammable Charging 0 131.

Regenerative power may be limitedwhen the battery is near full chargeor cold. The regen battery icon inthe power indicator gauge willappear gray when limited. Theregen power limit is also displayedas a horizontal bar on the powerindicator gauge. See PowerIndicator Gauge 0 123.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducespropulsion system power to limitwheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak begins to limitwheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.



2. Turn the vehicle off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the vehicle.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster,and the appropriate message isdisplayed in the DIC.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the traction

off light i and StabiliTrak OFF lightg come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriate

messages are displayed in the DIC.StabiliTrak can only be disabledbelow 56 km/h (35 mph).

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release g. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 256.



Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control(ESC), the system may begin tolimit wheel spin while you are usingcruise control. If this happens, thecruise control will automatically

disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 217.If a collision alert occurs whencruise control is activated, cruisecontrol is disengaged. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 225.When road conditions allow you tosafely use it again, cruise controlcan be turned back on.

If the brakes or the Regen onDemand paddle are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak isturned off.

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, −SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.



2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release −SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 118.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES until thevehicle accelerates to thedesired speed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 118.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold −SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press −SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 118.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing −SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on the



accelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are five ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the electric drive unit toN (Neutral).

. Press5 to turn the cruisecontrol system off completely.

. Activate Regen on Demand. See“Regen on Demand” underRegenerative Braking 0 215.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 194.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

may help the driver park or avoidobjects. Always check around thevehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press { onthe center stack, shift into P (Park),or reach a vehicle speed ofapproximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

TurnD to adjust the displaybrightness while viewing theinfotainment display.

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper



Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that RPA has detected anobject. This triangle changes fromamber to red and increases in sizethe closer the object.

If d or a service message appearson the infotainment display, theremay be a camera malfunction. Seeyour dealer.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Visiondisplays an image of the areasurrounding the vehicle, along withthe front or rear camera views in theinfotainment display. The frontcamera is in the grille or near thefront emblem, the side cameras areon the bottom of the outside mirrors,and the rear camera is above thelicense plate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision Camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingside mirrors that are out ofposition will not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown



Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle appears in theinfotainment display. The front viewshows after shifting fromR (Reverse) to D (Drive) and whenthe vehicle is moving forward slowerthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or any

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

other object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

If equipped with Rear Parking Assist(RPA), as the vehicle moves atspeeds of less than 8 km/h (5 mph)the sensors on the bumpers maydetect objects up to 2.3 m (7.5 ft)behind the vehicle within a zone of25 cm (10 in) high off the groundand below bumper level. Thesedetection distances may be shorterduring warmer or humid weather.Blocked sensors will not detectobjects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors clean

of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;and clean sensors after a car washin freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.



The instrument cluster may have aParking Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red. When anobject is first detected in the rear,one beep will be heard from therear. When an object is very close,<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, fivebeeps will sound from the reardepending on object location.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse), RCTA usesa red warning triangle with a left orright pointing arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic coming from the left or right.This system detects objects comingfrom up to 20 m (65 ft) from the leftor right side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, three beepssound from the left or right,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), Forward Automatic Braking(FAB), and/or the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) System can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely. FCAdetects vehicles within a distance ofapproximately 60 m (197 ft) andoperates at speeds above8 km/h (5 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCA

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

does not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. Cruise controlmay be disengaged when theCollision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to far, medium, near,or off. The first button press showsthe current control setting on theDIC. Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosen



setting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Following Distance Indication

The following distance to a movingvehicle you are following isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

The minimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are not

vehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes when

driving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automaticbraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 225.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric Parking

Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.

IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak system.

The FAB system does not needservice.



Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps.FPB can provide a boost to brakingor automatically brake the vehicle.This system includes IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA), and the ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) Systemmay also respond to pedestrians.See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 227.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distance

of approximately 40 m (131 ft).During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 194.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. Whena nearby pedestrian is detected



directly in front of the vehicle, thepedestrian ahead indicator willdisplay amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Pedestrian Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian directly ahead, andthe brakes have not been applied,FPB may automatically brakemoderately or brake hard. This canhelp to avoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such ashigher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm pressof the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle doesnot need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.



Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas from

behind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.



How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zone

or rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driven on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. LCA may alertto objects attached to the vehicle,such as a bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may also

interfere with the detection ofvehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 311.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidly



approaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking is

crossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and155 km/h (96 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected. TheLKA and LDW systems may not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.



{ Warning

Using LKA on slippery roadscould cause loss of control of thevehicle and a crash. Turn thesystem off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.

Additionally, there may be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.



Charging

When to ChargeWhen the high voltage battery isgetting low, charging messages maydisplay.

The CHARGE VEHICLE SOONmessage indicates that the drivingrange is low and the vehicle needsto be charged soon. As the chargelevel drops, the PROPULSIONPOWER IS REDUCED message isdisplayed and the accelerator pedalresponse is reduced. In addition, theremaining range value will changeto LOW indicating the vehicleshould be charged immediately.

When the energy is fully depleted,the OUT OF ENERGY, CHARGEVEHICLE NOW message displaysand the vehicle slows to a stop.Brake and steering assist will stilloperate. Once the vehicle hasstopped, turn the vehicle off.

Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. It is recommended thatthe vehicle be plugged in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize high voltage battery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately50 hours to charge the vehicle froma fully depleted battery with the12 amp AC current setting, allowingapproximately 6 km (4 mi) for everyhour of charging.

When using a 240-volt chargingstation, it will take approximately9.5 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 32 amp setting, allowingapproximately 40 km (25 mi) forevery hour of charging.

Charge times will vary based onbattery condition, charge level, andoutside temperature. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 131 forcharge mode selection.

If equipped, the vehicle can becharged using DC chargingequipment typically found at servicestations and other public locations.

When using a DC charging stationwith at least 80 kW of availablepower, it will take approximately30 minutes to recharge from adepleted battery to an estimated145 km (90 mi) of driving range.This time estimate is applicable tonominal temperature ranges. Inextreme hot or cold conditions, thistime may be lengthened. A fullcharge will take additional time.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additionally, clicking soundsmay be caused by the electricaldevices used while charging.



The vehicle does not require indoorcharging area ventilation before,during, or after charging.

The vehicle cannot be driven whilethe charge cord is plugged into thevehicle.

Charging Override

A CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURREDmessage may display to indicatethat a charging override orinterruption has occurred due to oneor more of the following events:

. Override of the charge settingsby the owner.

. Unintended interruption of ACpower at the vehicle'scharge port.

. Interruption of charging by theutility company.

There are several screens that willdisplay depending on the currentcharging status. See ProgrammableCharging 0 131.

A loss of AC power alert may soundfor a short time if AC power is lostfor over one minute. This soundalert can be turned off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

AC Charging

AC Charge Cord Vehicle Plug

Start Charge



In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.



3. Open the liftgate, lift the loadfloor cover, and remove thecharge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. Verify thecharge cord status and selectthe appropriate charge level.See Electrical Requirementsfor Battery Charging 0 251.See Charge Cord 0 243. See“Charge Current LimitSelection” underProgrammable Charging 0 131.

5. Plug in the AC vehicle plug ofthe charge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Make surethe AC vehicle plug is fullyconnected to the AC chargeport. If it is not properly seated,the charge may not occur.


7. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle twice withthe RKE transmitter. To disarm

this feature, see “EnergySettings” under EnergyInformation 0 138.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter to disarm thecharge cord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.Unlock the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle bypressing the button on the topof the charge cord plug.


4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

DC Charging (If Equipped)

DC Charging Station Hardware

Check the charge station DCvehicle plug for compatibility withthe DC charge port on this vehicle.When recharging at a DC fast



charge station, the power cableconnected to the vehicle must beless than 10 m (33 ft) in length.

Follow the steps listed on thecharging station to perform a DCvehicle charge.

If for any reason DC charging doesnot begin or is interrupted, checkthe DC charge station display formessages. Unplug to restart the DCcharge process.

Start Charge



In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. The charge port doormay not open on the firstattempt. Remove ice from thearea and repeat attempting toopen the charge port door.

3. Unlatch the DC charging dustcover and lower it fully.

4. Plug in the DC vehicle plug intothe DC charge port on thevehicle. Make sure that the DCvehicle plug is fully connectedto the DC charge port. If it isnot properly seated then thecharge may not occur. Properplug connection can bechecked by information onthe DIC.

5. Follow the steps listed on thecharging station to startcharging. The Electric Parking

Brake will automatically applyonce the charge process hasbeen started.

6. Once charging, the DC vehicleplug will be locked to the DCcharge port and cannot bedisconnected while charging isactive.


Caution

Do not attempt to disconnect theDC vehicle plug while charging isactive. This action may damagevehicle or charging stationhardware.

Stop Charge

Controls on the charging station canbe used to stop the charge processat any time.



To stop the charge when inside thevehicle, you may use the stopcharging button on the Chargingscreen. See ProgrammableCharging 0 131.

There is also an available mobileapp with several charging functions.See KeyPass 0 45.

Stop Charge — Automatic

When the vehicle no longer needsto use power from the chargingstation, it will stop charging and theDC vehicle plug will be unlockedfrom the DC charge port.

Energy can still be consumed fromthe charging station when thevehicle’s displays and indicatorsshow that the battery is fullycharged. This is to ensure thebattery is in optimal temperatureoperating range to maximize vehiclerange. See Programmable Charging0 131.

End Charge

1. Wait until the charging processhas been fully stopped, thevehicle plug is unlocked, andthe Charging Status Indicator issolid green or off.

If the vehicle plug does notunlock from the vehicle chargeport after a charge, contactRoadside Assistance forassistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 336.

2. Unplug the DC vehicle plugfrom the DC charge port on thevehicle and close the dustcover.


4. The Electric Parking Brakeshould be manuallydisengaged before driving thevehicle.

5. To start another DC charge,remove the DC vehicle plugand reconnect.

Delayed ChargingOverrideTo temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the chargecord from the charge port and thenplug it back in within five seconds.A single audible chirp will soundand charging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug thecharge cord back in. A doubleaudible chirp will sound andcharging will be delayed.

See Programmable Charging 0 131for advanced charge schedulingoptions.



Charging StatusFeedback

The vehicle has a Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) at the center of theinstrument panel near thewindshield. When the vehicle isplugged in and the vehicle power isoff, the CSI indicates the following:

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Flash rate increasesfrom one to four flashes asbattery charges.

. Long Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Solid Green – Vehicle is pluggedin. Battery is fully charged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible chargecord. The solid yellow may beextended depending on thevehicle and if there is a totalutility interruption. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 250.This may also indicate that thecharging system has detected afault and will not charge thebattery. See “Charge CordStatus Indicators” in ChargeCord 0 243.

If the vehicle is plugged in andvehicle power is on, the CSI willflash or will be solid green,depending on the charge level.

If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionor a charging fault has beendetected. See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 250 or “Charge CordStatus Indicators” in Charge Cord0 243.

A message displays if the vehicle isnot able to charge.

Following is the vehicle feedbackwhen the charge cord is plugged in.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green(Flash rate increasesfrom one to four as thebattery charges)

One audible chirp Vehicle is charging.

Long Flashing Green Two audible chirps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or, if the vehicle is equippedaccordingly, by a total utility interruption.Charging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 250.

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level)

Two audible chirps Vehicle is charging but will delay byProgrammable Charging at least oncebefore the charge is complete.

Solid Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle ispreparing to charge.




Sound Action/Reason

Yellow (For ExtendedTime Period afterPlug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is notcharging. This may be due to a total utilityinterruption and charging will begin later.This may also occur if the vehicle hasdetected a high voltage charging systemfault.See Utility Interruption of Charging 0 250 orService Vehicle Soon Light 0 126.

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level) or LongFlashing Green

Four audible chirps Insufficient time to fully charge by departuretime due to the selected rate preference.To increase the battery state of charge atthe departure time perform a delayedcharging override. See Delayed ChargingOverride 0 239.

None (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord connection should be checked.

None (After Green orYellow CSI IndicationObserved)

None Charge cord connection should be checked.If connection is good, this may be due to apower failure or a total utility interruptionand charging will begin later. This may alsooccur if the vehicle has detected a highvoltage charging system fault.See Utility Interruption of Charging 0 250 orService Vehicle Soon Light 0 126.




Sound Action/Reason

None Repeated audible chirps Electricity has been interrupted beforecharging was complete. Repeated chirpswill stop if power is restored within90 seconds.

None Three audible chirps Charge port door is open.

To disable this feature, see “ChargePower Loss Alert” in EnergyInformation 0 138.

To stop this alert, do one of thefollowing:

. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKEtransmitter, then press again tostop the panic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Charge CordIMPORTANT SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

This symbol indicates risk ofelectrical shock if misused.




A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the load floorin the rear cargo area.

1. Wall Plug2. Status Indicators3. Vehicle Plug4. Release Button

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before plugging into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.


. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.



{ Danger


(Continued)



Danger (Continued)





{ Warning

When using electric products,basic precautions should alwaysbe followed, including thefollowing:

. Read all the safety warningsand instructions beforeusing this product. Failure tofollow the warnings and theinstructions may result inelectric shock, fire, and/orserious injury.

. Never leave childrenunattended near the vehiclewhile the vehicle is chargingand never allow children toplay with the charge cord.

. If the plug provided doesnot fit the electrical outlet,do not modify the plug.Arrange for a qualifiedelectrician to inspect theelectrical outlet.

. Do not put fingers into theelectric vehicle connector.

{ Warning

. To reduce the risk of fire,installations shall complywith the requirements ofNational Electric Code,ANSI/NFPA 70 (USA),Canadian Electrical CodeCSA 22.1 and IEC 60364 –Electrical installations inbuildings, depending on theregion in which the unit isbeing installed. The installershall comply with anyadditional localrequirements mandated bythe country and/ormunicipality.

. Do not use this product ifthe flexible power cord orthe electric vehicle cable isfrayed, has brokeninsulation, or shows anyother signs of damage.

. For Canada only: Not foruse in commercial garages.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not use this product ifthe enclosure or the vehicleplug is broken, cracked,open, or shows any otherindication of damage.

. The plug must be pluggedinto an appropriate electricaloutlet that is properlyinstalled in accordance withall local codes andordinances. Do not modifythe plug provided with theproduct. If the plug does notfit the electrical outlet, havea proper electrical outletinstalled by a qualifiedelectrician. If ground ismissing, the charge cordindicators will indicate anelectrical system fault andthe vehicle may not charge.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

After plugging in the charge cord, itwill perform a quick self test.

Verify the charge cord status. WhentheO indicator is lit solid green,the charge cord is ready to chargethe vehicle.

The charge cord utilizes acombination of theO andPindicators to display the status ofthe charge cord per the followingtable.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

O

Solid Green(

Off (No Light) @No Faults: The charge cord is receiving power from theelectrical outlet and is ready to supply it to the vehicle.

n

Flashing GreenO

Solid RedR p b

Electrical Outlet/Plug Fault: The charge cord has detectedthat the electrical outlet/plug overheated. Electrical outletsmay wear out with normal usage or may be damaged overtime, making them unsuitable for electric vehicle charging.Do not use an electrical outlet that is worn, damaged, or onethat will not hold the plug firmly in place. Use anotherelectrical outlet or have the electrical outlet serviced by aqualified electrician. Reset the charge cord by unpluggingthe charge cord from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it.

(

Off (No Light)O

Solid RedR o

Electrical System Fault: The charge cord has detected amissing or improper ground within the building's electricalsystem. Do not use an electrical outlet that is not properlygrounded. Use another electrical outlet or have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify the building's electrical system.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

(

Off (No Light)n

Flashing RedRb

Vehicle Fault: The charge cord ground-fault circuit interrupter(GFCI) has tripped. Ensure that there is no physical damageto the charge cord, and that the vehicle plug is seatedcompletely and making a good connection. Reset the chargecord by unplugging it from the electrical outlet andre-plugging it. If the fault remains, see an authorized dealerfor service.

O

Solid Greenn

Flashing RedR m

Charge Cord Fault: The charge cord has detected a potentialproblem with the charge cord. Reset the charge cord byunplugging it from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it.If the fault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.

If no status indicators are lit, ensurethe electrical outlet is powered.

Charge Limit Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen on the infotainmentdisplay. See “Charge Current LimitSelection” under ProgrammableCharging 0 131.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

lowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.



Grounding Instructions

The charge circuit must begrounded. If this charge circuitshould malfunction or break down,grounding provides a path of leastresistance for electric current toreduce the risk of electric shock.This product is equipped with a cordthat has an equipment groundingconductor and a grounding plug.The plug must be plugged into anappropriate outlet that is properlyinstalled and grounded inaccordance with all local codes andordinances.

{ Warning

Improper connection of thecharge cord ground may causeelectrical shock. Check with aqualified electrician if there isdoubt as to whether the chargecircuit is properly grounded. Donot modify the plug provided withthe product. If it will not fit the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

electrical outlet, have a properelectrical outlet installed by aqualified electrician.

Mounting Instructions

1. Identify an appropriate locationfor the charge cord.

2. Locate a mounting support,such as a wall stud.

The appropriate height formounting the charge cord is91 cm (36 in) from the floor.

3. Mark and drill the mountingholes in a wall stud or suitablestructure. Stay away from anypower source.

Space the holes 18.7 cm(7 3/8 in) apart.

4. Install the mounting screws inthe wall surface leaving thehead of the screws 5 mm(3/16 in) from the surface.



5. Securely mount the chargecord on to the screws.

6. Connect the wall plug to theelectrical outlet.

7. Connect the vehicle plug to thecharge port.

Lock Feature

A lock can be added to the vehicleplug for additional security.

FCC Information


Utility Interruption ofChargingThis vehicle will respond to requeststhrough the utility company to limitor completely block electrical powergrid usage. This feature is inactiveduring DC charging. A utilityinterruption of charging will lengthenthe vehicle charge time.

When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that thevehicle can automatically begincharging.

Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in theinfotainment display while startingthe vehicle following any utilityinterruption. See “ChargingInterrupted or Overridden Pop-Up”under Programmable Charging0 131.

A message will display on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred.



Charging StationTroubleshooting

If the vehicle does not charge afterbeing plugged in to a residential240-volt charging station:

1. Verify that the charge mode isset to Immediate.

2. Verify that the chargingstation’s circuit breaker has notbeen tripped.

3. Plug the portable charge cordinto the wall outlet, verify thatthe indicator light on the chargecord is solid green, andconnect it to the vehicle. See“Charge Cord StatusIndicators” in Charge Cord0 243.

4. If the vehicle charges with theportable charge cord, theremay be a problem with thecharging station. Try to chargethe vehicle with a different240-volt charging station, suchas a public station. If bothattempts charge the vehicle,contact the charging stationmanufacturer.

Electrical Requirementsfor Battery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of beingcharged with most standard vehiclecharging equipment that complieswith one or more of the following:

. SAE J1772

. SAE J2847-2

. IEC 61851-1

. IEC 61851-22

. IEC 61851-23

. IEC 61851-24

. IEC 62196-1

. IEC 62196-2

. IEC 62196-3

. ISO 15118

The portable charge cord requires aminimum circuit capacity of120 volts and 15 amps.

Caution

Do not use portable or stationarybackup generating equipment tocharge the vehicle. This maycause damage to the vehicle'scharging system. Only charge thevehicle from utility suppliedpower.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Service Vehicle SoonLight 0 126. A device connectedto the DLC — such as anaftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

When adding electrical equipment, itshould only be connected using theaccessory power outlets. Themaximum power that can besupplied by one accessory poweroutlet or spread across all three is200 watts or 15 amps. Exceeding200 watts or 15 amps may causeerratic vehicle operation.



The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 81 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 81.


254 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 255California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 256

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Underhood CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Battery - North America . . . . . . 264Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 266Windshield Replacement . . . . . 267Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269High Intensity Discharge (HID)Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 270

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Electrical System Overload . . . 271Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 272Underhood Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 280Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 295Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 307Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309


Vehicle Care 255

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 264and Jump Starting - North America0 304 and the back cover.


256 Vehicle Care

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage batterycomponents. You can be injuredand the vehicle can be damagedif you try to do your own servicework. Service and repair of thesehigh voltage battery componentsshould only be performed by atrained dealer technician with theproper knowledge and tools.


(Continued)


Vehicle Care 257

Warning (Continued)

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order the

proper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 341.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 329.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the release handle withthis symbol. It is below theinstrument panel outboard ofthe steering wheel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the frontcenter of the hood. Push thesecondary hood release leverto the right to disengage.


258 Vehicle Care

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainerabove the radiator support.Place the prop rod securelyinto the slot in the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, checkthat all filler caps are properlyinstalled. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on thehood prop.

2. Remove the hood prop fromthe slot in the hood and returnit to its retainer above theradiator support. The prop rod

must lock into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is firmlyclosed. Repeat the process ifnecessary.


Vehicle Care 259

Underhood Compartment Overview


260 Vehicle Care

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 261.

2. Cabin Heating CoolantReservoir. See Cooling System0 260.

3. High Voltage Battery CoolantReservoir. See Cooling System0 260.

4. HPDM (High Power DistributionModule).

5. APM (Accessory PowerModule), OBCM (On-BoardCharging Module).

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 263.

7. SPIM, APM, and ChargerModule Coolant Reservoir. SeeCooling System 0 260.

8. Battery. See Battery - NorthAmerica 0 264.

9. Underhood Compartment FuseBlock. UnderhoodCompartment Fuse Block0 272.

Cooling SystemIt is not necessary to regularlycheck coolant unless a leak issuspected or an unusual noise isheard. A coolant loss could indicatea problem. Have it inspected andrepaired by your dealer.

The following explains the coolingsystems and how to check coolantlevels.

. High Voltage Battery

. Single Power Inverter Module(SPIM), Accessory PowerModule (APM), and ChargerModule

. Cabin Heating

High Voltage Battery

During vehicle operation and alsoduring charging, the high voltagebattery cells in the vehicle are keptwithin a normal operatingtemperature range. If thetemperature rises above thistemperature, the battery coolingsystem turns on the air conditioningcompressor and cools the coolant

until the correct temperature isreached. If the temperature fallsbelow this temperature, a highvoltage heater, located outside thebattery on a cradle, heats thecoolant until the correct temperatureis reached.

Single Power Inverter Module(SPIM), Accessory PowerModule (APM), and ChargerModule

The SPIM, APM, and chargermodule are cooled using a separatecoolant loop. These modules arekept below a maximum temperature.If the temperature rises above thistemperature, the electric cooling fanwill turn on to cool the coolant.

Cabin Heating

Cabin heating is maintained bycoolant heated by the CoolantHeater Control Module (CHCM),separate from the power electronicsand battery coolant loops. Thismodule heats the coolant based ontemperature inputs from the cabinclimate control systems.


Vehicle Care 261

Hybrid Cooling SystemPressure Caps

The hybrid cooling systemreservoirs have tamper resistantpressure caps. The coolant shouldonly be serviced by a qualifiedtechnician.

Checking Coolant

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 322.

The coolant reservoirs are in theunderhood compartment. SeeUnderhood Compartment Overview0 259.

1. Cabin Heating CoolantReservoir

2. High Voltage BatteryCoolant Reservoir

3. SPIM, APM, and ChargerModule Coolant Reservoir

1. Park on a level surface andturn the vehicle off.

2. After the system hascompletely cooled, check thatthe coolant level is at the coldfill mark on the reservoirs.

3. If the coolant level is not visibleor needs to be adjusted withinthe reservoirs, contact yourdealer.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See UnderhoodCompartment Overview 0 259 forreservoir location.


262 Vehicle Care

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allows

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

for fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 331.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.


Vehicle Care 263

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See UnderhoodCompartment Overview 0 259 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings are

installed. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 126.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 322.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 327.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.


264 Vehicle Care

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

should be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle hasbeen inspected, store it outside atleast 15 m (50 ft) from anystructure or anything that canburn. Ventilate the vehicle byopening a window or a door.

Contact Customer Assistance assoon as possible to determinewhether an inspection is needed.See Customer Assistance Offices0 334.

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” underCollision Damage Repair 0 339 foradditional information. If an airbaghas inflated, see What Will You Seeafter an Airbag Inflates? 0 75.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if either the 12-volt or highvoltage battery needs service. Thedealer has information on how torecycle the high voltage battery.There is also information availableat http://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep the highvoltage battery temperature readyfor the next drive. This is importantwhen outside temperatures areextremely hot or cold.

Propulsion power may be reducedin extremely cold temperatures, or ifthe high voltage battery is too cold.BATTERY TOO COLD, PLUG INTO WARM will display.


Vehicle Care 265

A vehicle cover, which can reducesun loading on the vehicle andimprove high voltage battery life, isavailable from your dealer.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery isneeded. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 255 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 304 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Up to Four Weeks

. Plug in the charge cord.

Four Weeks to 12 Months

. Discharge the high voltagebattery until two or three barsremain on the battery rangeindicator (Battery symbol) on theinstrument cluster.

. Do not plug in the charge cord.

. Remove the black negative (−)cable from the 12-volt batteryand attach a trickle charger tothe battery terminals or keep the12-volt battery cables connectedand trickle charge from theunderhood remote positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. SeeJump Starting - North America0 304 for the location of theseterminals.

Caution

The vehicle is equipped with anAGM/VRLA 12-volt battery, whichcan be damaged by using the

(Continued)


266 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

incorrect type of trickle charger.An AGM/VRLA-compatiblecharger must be used, with theappropriate setting selected.Follow the trickle chargermanufacturer instructions.

After the battery cable isreconnected, it is possible that thevehicle may not operate. If thishappens, the high voltage batterymay need to be charged.

Wiper Blade Replacement

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

Windshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See the Maintenance Schedule0 322.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 328.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection. Thecover must be removed before thewiper blade can be replaced.


Vehicle Care 267

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down tosecure.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

4. Replace the wiper cover.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installed

according to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold the

(Continued)


268 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

hood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 322.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


Vehicle Care 269

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

service any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

This vehicle has several HID lamps.

For replacement of any HID lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.

For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.


270 Vehicle Care

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps

1. Back-up Lamp2. Turn Signal Lamp3. Stoplamp/Taillamp

To access the bulbs, reach upbehind the rear bumper. To replacea back-up bulb, turn signal lamp,taillamp, or stoplamp:

1. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and remove itfrom the socket. The lamps arein the rear bumper.

2. Press the new bulb in and turnclockwise to install the bulbinto the socket.

3. Turn the bulb socket clockwiseto reinstall.

License Plate Lamp

1. Press the spring clip on theright end of the lamp assemblyto the left to unlock the lampassembly.

2. Pull down on the lampassembly to remove it from thefascia.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket (1)and turn the bulb socket (1)clockwise to install it into thelamp assembly (3).

7. Reinstall the lamp assembly (3)into the fascia by inserting theleft side first.

8. Push the spring clip into place.


Vehicle Care 271

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning


High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:

. Headlamp wiring

. Windshield wiper motor

. Power windows and other poweraccessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be

borrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand the wiper control is turned off.After removal of the blockage, thewiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice, maycause wiper damage. Always clearice and heavy snow from thewindshield before using thewindshield wipers.


272 Vehicle Care

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Underhood CompartmentFuse Block

To open the fuse block cover, pressthe clips at the side and back andpull the cover up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 273


274 Vehicle Care

A fuse puller is in the underhoodcompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 –

2 Power window rear

3 –

4Rechargeable energystorage system 1

5 –

6 –

7Left high-beamheadlamp

8 Right high-beamheadlamp

9Left low-beamheadlamp

10Right low-beamheadlamp

11 Horn

12 –

Fuses Usage

13 Front wiper motordriver

14 Liftgate

15Front wiper motorco-driver

16Electronic brakecontrol module supplyelectronics

17 Rear wiper

18 Liftgate

19 Seat module front

20 Washer

21 HID lamp

22 Linear power module

23Electronic brakecontrol module supplymotor

24 Seat module rear

25 Powertrain

26Transmission rangecontrol module

27 Aeroshutter

Fuses Usage

28 Auxiliary oil pump

29Electric brake boostmotor source

30 Front power windows

31In-panel bussedelectrical center

32Rear windowdefogger

33Heated exteriorrearview mirror

34Pedestrian friendlyalert function

35 –

36 –

37 Current sensor

38 Rain sensor

39 –

40Electric brakeboost (ECU)

41Power linecommunicationmodule


Vehicle Care 275

Fuses Usage

42 Automatic occupantsensing

43 Window switch

44Rechargeable energystorage system

45Vehicle integrationcontrol module

46Integrated chassiscontrol module

47 Headlamp leveling

48Integrated chassiscontrol module

49Interior rearviewmirror

50 –

51 Electric brake boost

52 Rear camera

53 Run/Crank relay

54 A/C control module

55Rechargeable energystorage systemcoolant pump

Fuses Usage

56 –

57Power electronicscoolant pump

58 Engine control module

59Electric steeringcolumn lock

60 HVAC electric heater

61On-board chargingmodule

62Transmission rangecontrol module 1

63 Electric cooling fan

64 Engine control module

65 Auxiliary heater pump

66 Powertrain relay

67 Drive unit controller

68Rear windowdefogger

69Second run/Crankrelay

70 A/C control module

71 –

Fuses Usage

72 Transmission rangecontrol module

73Single power invertermodule

74 –


276 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the left side of the instrumentpanel. To access the fuses, openthe fuse panel door by pulling out.

To reinstall the door, insert the toptab first, then push the door backinto its original location.

Fuses Usage

F01Video processingmodule

F02Indicator light solarsensor

F03 Side blind zone alert

F04Passive entry, passivestart

F05 CGM

F06 Body control module 4




F10Trailer interfacemodule 1

F11 Amplifier


Fuses Usage

F13 Data link connector 1

F14Automatic parkingassist

F15 -

F16Single power invertermodule 1



F19 –

F20 –

F21 –

F22 –

F23 USB

F24Wireless chargingmodule

F25Reflected LED alertdisplay

F26 Heated steering wheel

F27 –

F28 Instrument cluster 2


Vehicle Care 277

Fuses Usage

F29 Trailer interfacemodule 2

F30Headlamp levelingdevice

F31 OnStar

F32 –

F33Heating, ventilation,and air conditioningmodule

F34 –

F35 Instrument cluster 1

F36 Radio

F37 –

F38 –

F39 –

F40 –

F41 –

F42 –


Fuses Usage

F44 Sensing anddiagnostic module

F45 Front camera module

F46Vehicle integrationcontrol module

F47Single power invertermodule 2

F48Electric steeringcolumn lock

F49 Auxiliary jack

F50Steering wheelcontrols

F51Steering wheelcontrols backlighting

F52Smartphone remotefunction module

F53 Auxiliary power outlet

F54 –

F55 Logistic

F56 –

Fuses Usage

F57 –

F58 Logistics relay

F59 –

F60Accessory/Retainedaccessory power relay


278 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 200.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.


Vehicle Care 279

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 279.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 291.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Self-Sealing TiresThis vehicle may have self-sealingtires. These tires have a materialinside that can seal punctures up to6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area.The tire may lose air pressure if thesidewall is damaged or the treadpuncture is too large. If the TirePressure Monitor System indicatesthe tire pressure is low, inspect thetire for damage and inflate it to therecommended pressure. If the tire isunable to maintain therecommended pressure, contact thenearest authorized GM servicingfacility immediately for inspectionand repair or replacement. To locatethe nearest GM servicing facility,call GM Customer Assistance.


280 Vehicle Care

Caution

Do not drive on a deflatedself-sealing tire as this coulddamage the tire. Make sure thetire is inflated to therecommended pressure or have itimmediately repaired or replaced.

When tire replacement is neededreplace with a self-sealing tire,because the vehicle does not comewith a spare tire or tire changingequipment.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).


Vehicle Care 281

The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 293.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tire


282 Vehicle Care

is certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories are, electricdrive unit, power windows,power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 284.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 200.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 200.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 200.


Vehicle Care 283

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs). See VehicleLoad Limits 0 200.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 284 andVehicle Load Limits 0 200.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.


284 Vehicle Care

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 291.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers using

government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 293.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 200.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle'scapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 200.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced battery-electricrange.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 285

Caution (Continued)

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 200.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommended

pressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor


286 Vehicle Care

the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can

lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire

pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 286.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMS


Vehicle Care 287

sensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 200.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle using POWEROuntil the tires are inflated to thecorrect inflation pressure. Using the

DIC, tire pressure levels can beviewed. For additional informationand details about the DIC operationand displays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 141.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 200, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 284.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 289, Tire Rotation 0 290 and Tires0 278.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 297 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the


288 Vehicle Care

low tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle using POWERO. A DICwarning message also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle using POWERO until theproblem is corrected. Some of theconditions that can cause these tocome on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing the

sensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 291.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealer

for service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message comes onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle using POWERO. Thesensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMSrelearn tool, in the following order:driver side front tire, passenger sidefront tire, passenger side rear tire,and driver side rear. See yourdealer for service or to purchase arelearn tool. A TPMS relearn toolcan also be purchased. See TirePressure Monitor Sensor Activation


Vehicle Care 289

Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:


2. Press POWERO to start thevehicle. See Power Button0 204.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Settings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 141.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensor

identification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.


290 Vehicle Care

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 322.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If the

unusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 291 and WheelReplacement 0 295.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire and

Loading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 284 andVehicle Load Limits 0 200.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 286.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 331.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.


Vehicle Care 291

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 289 and TireRotation 0 290.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,


292 Vehicle Care

GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 280, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handling

performance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 290 for informationon proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire'smaximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tire

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracks

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 293

Warning (Continued)

after many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 286.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 200.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 291 andAccessories and Modifications0 256.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of


294 Vehicle Care

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor


Vehicle Care 295

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.


296 Vehicle Care

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatThis vehicle has self-sealing tires.See Self-Sealing Tires 0 279. Treadpunctures typically will not causetires to lose air. However, if thevehicle does get a flat tire, there isno spare tire, tire changingequipment, or place to store a tire.Contact Roadside Assistancefor help.

It is unusual for a tire to blow out,especially if the tires are maintainedproperly. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.See Tires 0 278. But if there is evera blowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do.

If a front tire fails, the flat tire willcreate a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction as


Vehicle Care 297

used in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 153.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant kitand the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture largerthan 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tire has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tire, see Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 297.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.


298 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

For vehicles with self-sealing tires,try to inflate the tire without sealantfirst. See “Using the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit without Sealantto Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured)”below.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 336.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve

2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).


Vehicle Care 299

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 153.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 296 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 303.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.


300 Vehicle Care

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 114.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 284.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 336.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.


Vehicle Care 301

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 336.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.


302 Vehicle Care

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerto have the tire replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister

5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 153.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 296 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 303.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 114.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.


Vehicle Care 303

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 284.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 336.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 47.

2. Remove the load floor.


304 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the tire sealantcanister (1) and thecompressor (2).

To store the tire sealant canister andthe compressor, reverse the steps.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 264.

If the 12-volt battery has run down,try to use another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

The high voltage battery cannotbe jump started either withanother vehicle or batterycharger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle couldresult.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 255 and the backcover.


Vehicle Care 305

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start positive terminal ison the discharged battery on thedriver side of the vehicle.

Discharged Battery NegativeTerminal

The jump start negative groundingpoint is a stud on a bracket locatednear the Accessory PowerModule (APM).

The jump start positive terminal andjump start negative terminal are onthe battery of the vehicle providingthe jump start.


306 Vehicle Care

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark 0 206.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the vehicle off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the propulsion system is notoperating and can injure you.Keep hands, clothing and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving propulsionsystem parts can injure you badly.Keep your hands away frommoving parts once the propulsionsystem is operating.


Vehicle Care 307

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of thegood battery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding point forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the vehicle with the goodbattery.

10. Try to start the vehicle with thedead battery. If it will not startafter a few tries, it probablyneeds service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Use only a flatbed tow truck fortowing a disabled vehicle. Neveruse a sling type lift or damage willoccur. Use ramps to help reduceapproach angles if necessary.A towed vehicle should have itsdrive wheels off the ground.

Consult a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.


308 Vehicle Care

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

If the vehicle is equipped with a toweye, only use the tow eye to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

The tow eye is located underneaththe load floor, near the spare tire orthe compressor kit, if equipped.

Front Tow Eye AttachmentPoint

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.


Vehicle Care 309

Rear Tow Eye AttachmentPoint

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on the

ground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far will the vehicle betowed? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Does the vehicle have theproper towing equipment? Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.


310 Vehicle Care

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to theelectric drive unit. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If using a shield,only use one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must betowed, a dolly should be used. See“Dolly Towing” following.

Dolly Towing

Tow the vehicle with the two rearwheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith the rear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on thedolly.

2. Shift the transmission toP (Park). See Shifting Into Park0 206.


4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.


Vehicle Care 311

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.


8. Open the hood.

9. Wait two minutes.

10. Disconnect the negative (-)terminal connector from the12-volt battery.

11. Close and latch the hood.Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained fromyour dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regarding

(Continued)


312 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

correct product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.


Vehicle Care 313

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum or stainlesssteel. To prevent damage alwaysfollow these cleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use a cleaning solutionapproved for aluminum orstainless steel. Some cleanersare highly acidic or containalkaline substances and candamage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use chrome cleaners.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals and stripes. Followinstructions under "Washing theVehicle" previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.


314 Vehicle Care. Aftermarket appearance caps or

covers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 315

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steelcharge port door, and power assiststep hinges, unless the componentsare plastic. Applying silicone greaseon weatherstrips with a clean clothwill make them last longer, sealbetter, and not stick or squeak.


316 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.


Vehicle Care 317. Never rub any surface

aggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.


318 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 319

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.


320 Vehicle Care. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 321

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 321

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 322

Owner Checks and ServicesOwner Checks andServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 329

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as tirerotations and additionalmaintenance items like tires, brakes,batteries, and wiper blades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


322 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Additional Required Servicesare for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 200.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 256.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 284.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 289.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 261.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 290.

. Check coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 260.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 261.


Service and Maintenance 323. Visually inspect windshield wiper

blades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 311. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 266.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 284.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 289.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 311.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 311.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 69.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 311.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 267.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 297.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Drain and fill vehicle coolant circuits. (2) @

Replace brake fluid. (3)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 260.

(3) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 263.

Owner Checks andServices. At least twice a year, have

underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 311.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired. It is recommendedthat your dealer perform theseservices — their trained dealertechnicians know your vehicle best.Your dealer can also perform athorough assessment with amulti-point inspection to recommendwhen your vehicle may needattention. The following list isintended to explain the services andconditions to look for that mayindicate services are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power tooperate any additional electricalaccessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure,maintain a battery with fullpower.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 327 for GM approvedfluids.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.



Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money andreduce the risk of tire failure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 316 andExterior Care 0 311.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Electric Drive Unit See your dealer.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19299819).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood andLiftgate Hinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Vehicle Coolant Circuits Use Only Premix DEX-COOL Coolant (GM Part No. 12378390, inCanada 10953456). See Cooling System 0 260.

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 68 cm (26.8 in) 42341754 —

Passenger Side – 68 cm (26.8 in) 42341756 —

Rear – 30 cm (11.8 in) 84215609 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


330 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 331 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the trunk that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


Technical Data 331

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.

Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 327 for more information.

Application Capacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning RefrigerantFor the air conditioning system refrigerant charge

type and amount, see the refrigerant label under thehood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems

High Voltage Battery 7.0 L 7.4 qt

Power Electronics 3.8 L 4.0 qt

Heater 2.0 L 2.1 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


332 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 335

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 335GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 339Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 344OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 333

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-877-486-5846. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle Identification Number(VIN). This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or theplate at the top left of theinstrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600 , Arlington, VA 22201Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware of



its participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-877-486-58461-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-888-811-1926

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner's manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar VehicleDiagnostic Information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 330.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner's manuals.


336 Customer Information. Find the

Chevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFrom the U.S., call 1-888-811-1926;Text Telephone (TTY):1-888-889-2438.

From Canada, call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.



Services Provided. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest certified Bolt EV dealerfor warranty service, or if thevehicle was in a crash andcannot be driven. Assistance isnot given when the vehicle isstuck in the sand, mud, or snow.

Emergency towing may becovered during the ExtendedVehicle (EV) warranty.

. Flat Tire Change: If the tire hasbeen separated from the wheel,has damaged sidewalls, or has alarge puncture, the tire is tooseverely damaged for the selfsealing tire to be effective andthe vehicle will have to betowed. It is the owner's

responsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not a

regularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific to CanadianVehicles. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle

registration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km (93 mi) from where thetrip was started to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receipt



to Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner's responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), andextended powertrain in both theU.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as taxes,levies, usage fees, excessivemileage, or rental usage beyond thecompletion of the repair are alsoyour responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designed

appearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequent



collisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by using

aftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its position

puts you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 336.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle



Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

In a crash, the sensing system mayshut down the high voltage system.See Battery - North America 0 264for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 75.

If the vehicle is damaged from acrash, flood, fire, or other event itmay be necessary to have thevehicle inspected. SeeBattery -North America 0 264 and HighVoltage Safety Information 0 22 forimportant safety information.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision parts

be original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theelectric drive unit, axle, suspension,brakes, electrical, steering,body, etc.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 to$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.



RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Service and Owner Publications areavailable for many current and pastmodel GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control electric driveunit performance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand to deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help the dealer technicianservice the vehicle. Some modulesmay also store data about how thevehicle is operated, such as rate ofenergy consumption or averagespeed. These modules may retainpersonal preferences, such as radiopresets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 352.


346 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 347

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


348 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe vehicle from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


OnStar 349

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile app. Makethese passwords different fromeach other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at

4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi orSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On somevehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.


350 OnStar

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

myChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s energy level,range or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

. Set the climate control settings.

For myChevrolet mobile appinformation and compatibility, seewww.my.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar service plan,compatible device, factory-installedremote start, and power locks arerequired. Data rates apply. Seewww.onstar.com for details andsystem limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.


OnStar 351

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics provides away to keep up on maintenance.Capabilities vary by model. Seewww.onstar.com for details andsystem limitations. Message anddata rates may apply.

Advanced Diagnostics requires anactive OnStar paid service plan,e-mail address on file, andenrollment in Advanced Diagnostics.

Includes:

. Diagnostic Alerts: Setpreferences to receive real-timee-mails, texts, or monthly reportsof the vehicle’s health. OrpressQ to have an Advisorinitiate a remote diagnosticreport.

. Proactive Alerts: Receive areal-time e-mail or text messageregarding potential issues withkey vehicle components, suchas the battery, fuel system,or starter system. Alerts forpotential issues appear on theinfotainment display. ProactiveAlerts are designed to helppredict specific types of issuesbased on information collectedfrom the vehicle. Other factorsmay affect vehicle performance.Not all issues will deliver alerts.In some cases, a dealer servicecheck may be required toconfirm the accuracy of thealerts.


352 OnStar. Dealer Maintenance Notification:

Have the vehicle notify yourpreferred dealer when it is timefor maintenance. Your dealer willthen contact you to set up anappointment.

To begin, pressQ to speak to anAdvisor, or see www.onstar.com.

OnStar AdditionalInformationOnStar Smart Driver

OnStar Smart Driver providesinformation about driving behavior tohelp maximize overall vehicleperformance, reduce wear and tear,and enhance fuel efficiency. AnInsurance Discounts Eligibilityfeature is also offered within OnStarSmart Driver. See www.onstar.comfor details regarding vehicleeligibility and system limitations.OnStar, General Motors, and theiraffiliates are not insuranceproviders. Obtain insurance onlyfrom licensed insurance providers.

In-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,


OnStar 353

Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,Remote Services, RoadsideAssistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStar

services. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To


354 OnStar

change the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items over

or near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 252. Added electrical


OnStar 355

equipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehicle

system status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS OR


356 OnStar

IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this document

should be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be held

liable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as the


OnStar 357

normal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


358 Index

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 252Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

AgreementsTrademarks and License . . . . . 184

Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Air Conditioning RegularOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Passenger Sensing System . . . .77What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .72AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 125Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 231

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162AntennaMulti-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 213Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177


Index 359

ArmrestRear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 222

AudioBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 158

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . 186Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

AuxiliaryDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Battery - North America . . . .264, 304Battery GaugeHigh Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 266

BluetoothOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 126

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . 215

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 229

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 203Bulb ReplacementHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 270Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-upLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .255, 264, 304,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Carbon MonoxideLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Management System . . . . . . . . . 107

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 106Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243ChargingDelay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Electrical Requirements . . . . . . 251Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250


360 Index

Charging (cont'd)Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Charging Status Screens . . . . . . . 240Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 125Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .85Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99, 101Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 339CompartmentUnderhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 297ConnectionsOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 335Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 341

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 339Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2

Data CollectionOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 344Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Delayed Charging Override . . . . . 239Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43DevicesAuxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

DiagnosticsOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Drive UnitElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

DriverTeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 221Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . 122Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


Index 361

Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 225Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 198If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 199Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 196Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 200Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

EElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 213Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 126Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Electrical SystemFuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 272Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Electrical System (cont'd)Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Energy Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140EngineCooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 344Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 150Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 152Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

FFlash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 153Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319FluidBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 227Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

FusesFuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 272Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Underhood Compartment . . . . . 272

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267GaugesBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118


362 Index

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 321Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 153Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 130High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 152Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 130

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . . 122High Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 198Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 215Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

IImmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 51Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 157

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .33

KeyPass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 280LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 152Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 231Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 233Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 127


Index 363

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 154LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 126Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 126Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 152Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 123Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Lights (cont'd)Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . 126Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

MMaintenanceAir Conditioning RegularOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 322Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

MessagesPropulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 51Mobile ApplicationsKeyPass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

ModesDriver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165


364 Index

NNavigationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 203

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 83Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 335OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 349OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175OperationInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 159

OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 341

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Underhood Compartment . . . . . 259

Owner Checks and Services . . . . 324

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

ParkingExtended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 222

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 77Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 128Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . 110Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 256

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

PhoneApple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Phone (cont'd)Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235PortUSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

PowerButton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 206Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 69PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 344

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 338

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . 131Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .255, 264, 304,

Back CoverPropulsion Power Messages . . . 143


Index 365

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 342RadiosAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 222Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 112Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 309Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . 215Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 82Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 343General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . . 251

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 343General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd)U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Safety SignalPedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 338Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .70Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .69

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Securing Child Restraints . . . 99, 101SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130


366 Index

Security (cont'd)OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 256Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 329Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 330Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 338Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 231Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

StartRemote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Status ScreensCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Stoplamps and Back-up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 105

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

TTaillampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 335Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 49Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 296


Index 367

Tires (cont'd)Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Pressure Monitor Operation . . 286Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 285Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Self-Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Terminology and Definitions . . 282Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 295When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 252Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 309Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Turn SignalBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

UUnderhood CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Underhood CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 293UpdatesSoftware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Identification Number (VIN) . . . 330Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . . 205Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 303

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 271


368 Index

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 233

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 295Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

When to Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 89Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 266

WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 271

84486646 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_CHEV_BOLT_EV_COV_en_US_U_84486646B_2018FEB19.ai 1 2/7/2018 3:13:49 PM18_CHEV_BOLT_EV_COV_en_US_U_84486646B_2018FEB19.ai 1 2/7/2018 3:13:49 PM

owners manual - my.chevrolet.com · chevrolet bolt ev owner manual...

Documents